MyLab50 OperatorManuals E J

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 296

ESAOTE S.p.A.

Rev. C

March 2007

MyLab50

INTRODUCTION

8300392000
User's kit
The box contains the licenses, the USB pen drive and the "Operator Manuals" disk.

Licenses
The licenses enable specific functions of the system, e.g. the Clip. Licenses are linked to
the system’s serial number and are, therefore, unique. They should be carefully stored.
The system is delivered by ESAOTE, with the licenses installed.

MyLab Pen Drive


The appliance is supplied with a customised USB pen drive. The pen drive can be used as
a digital support for data. For further information on how to use it, please read the
Getting Started manual.

“Operator Manuals” Disk


The disk contains, in digital format, all the manuals supplied with the system. The
manuals are available in the languages that can be set on the system.

2/12
Operator Manuals
These manuals refer to the MyLab50, MyLab50CV and MyLab50XVision products, indicated
by the name MyLab inside the manuals. The Operator Manuals consist of three Sections:

Getting Started
The manual describes how to install the system and provides the main instructions for
using it.

This symbol is used to indicate this section of the manual.


GS Whenever it is shown, it indicates that further information on
the specific subject are available in this section.

Transducers and Consumables


The manual describes the cleaning, disinfecting and maintenance procedures for the
probes and their accessories. Information is also supplied on the consumables that can be
used.

This symbol is used to indicate this section of the manual.


TC Whenever it is shown, it indicates that further information on
the specific subject are available in this section.

Safety and Standards


The manual contains information about the patient's and operator's safety. The system's
conformity standards are also indicated.

This symbol is used to indicate this section of the manual.


SS Whenever it is shown, it indicates that further information on
the specific subject are available in this section.

This symbol is used to indicate the "Advanced Operations"


A
AOO Manual, available in the "Operator Manuals" CD.

3/12
MANUFACTURER’S RESPONSIBILITY
ESAOTE is responsible for the safety, reliability and functioning of this product only if:
• the user follows all the instructions contained in this Manual for the use and the
maintenance of this system;
• this Manual is kept integral and readable in all its parts;
• calibrations, modifications and repairing are performed only by ESAOTE
qualified personnel;
• the environment where the system is used complies with the current safety rules;
• the electrical plant of the environment where the system is used complies with the
current applicable rules and is perfectly efficient.

4/12
Product Life Cycle

Life Time
The safety and effectiveness of MyLab ultrasound systems are guaranteed for at least
ten years from the purchase date, provided that:

• the system is used in accordance with the instructions given in the User Manual
(and its eventual Addenda), which must be always accessible to the whole
personnel in an integral and readable status;
• any installation, maintenance, calibration, modification and repairing operation is
performed on the system only by ESAOTE qualified personnel, using original
ESAOTE spare parts.

When approaching the ten years limit from the purchase date, it is recommended to
contact ESAOTE Service ot to visit ESAOTE web site (www.esaote.com), to get
updated information on the product’s end of life and/or to agree on the most suitable
solution for its safe disposal.

Maintainability Time
Esaote S.p.A. ensures maintanability of MyLab ultrasound systems for ten years from
the purchase date.

End-of-Life Disposal
MyLab ultrasound systems fall within the application field of the 2002/96/EC
Directive on waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE).
The main system plate includes therefore the symbol shown below, indicating - in an
unequivocal way – that the system must be disposed of in a separate collection from
urban waste and that it was introduced in the market after August 13th, 2005.

5/12
When disposing of any system part, the user shall consider the following points:

• any recyclable part of the system and/or of its packaging is labelled with the
corresponding symbol;
• all components used for the packaging are recyclable and/or reusable, except the
closed-coupled barriers.

Caution

The system and its comsumable parts must be disposed of, at end of life, according to
the applicable state and/or federal and/or local regulations.

6/12
DICHIARAZIONE CE DI CONFORMITA’ - Direttiva 93/42/CEE - allegato II
CE DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY - 93/42/EEC Directive - annex II
DECLARATION DE CONFORMITÉ - 93/42/CEE - annexe II
KONFORMITÄTSERKLÄRUNG - 93/42/EWG - Anhang II
DECLARACIÓN DE CONFORMIDAD CE - Directiva 93/42/EEC

Noi costruttori:
We manufacturer:
Nous les Constructeurs:
Wir, die Hersteller:
Nosotros, los fabricantes

ESAOTE S.p.A. - Via di Caciolle, 15 - 50127 Firenze - Italy


dichiariamo, sotto la nostra responsabilità, che il sistema:
declare under our sole responsability that the system:
déclarons sous notre responsabilité que le système:
erklären, daß das System, unter unserer Verantwortung:
declaramos, bajo nuestra responsabilidad, que el producto:

MyLab50
MyLab50CV
MyLab50XVision

è stato costruito applicando il sistema di garanzia della qualità approvato per la


progettazione, fabbricazione e controllo finale del prodotto e risponde alle disposizioni
presenti dell'Allegato II della direttiva 93/42/CEE sui dispositivi medici.
has been manufactured by applying the quality system approved for the design, manufacture
and final inspection and meets the provisions of the 93/42/EEC-Annex II medical devices
directive.
a été construit en appliquant le système de qualité approuvé pour le projet,
production et contrôle final du produit et répond aux dispositions de la directive
93/42/CEE-Annexe II pour les appareils médicaux.

mit der Anwendung des geprüften Qualitätssystems für das Projekt, die Fertigung
und die Schlußkontrolle des Produkts gefertigt wurde und daß es die Anordnungen
der Richtlinie 93/42/EWG-Anhang II für medizinische Geräte erfüllt.

ha sido fabricado aplicando el sistema de garantía de la calidad aprobado para el diseño,


fabricación y control final del producto y responde a los requisitos presentes en el Anexo II
de la directiva 93/42/EEC sobre los dispositivos médicos.

Il rappresentante legale ESAOTE.


ESAOTE legal representative.
Le représentant légal de ESAOTE.
ESAOTE autorisierter Bevollmächtiger.
El representante legal de ESAOTE.

7/12
USAGE LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR THE SOFTWARE INCLUDED IN
THE APPARATUS

Attention

Please read with care the terms and conditions indicated below before using
the software on the unit.

Use of the software implies acceptance of the terms and conditions listed
below.

PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
You have acquired a device (“DEVICE”) which includes Esaote S.p.A. proprietary
software and/or software licensed by Esaote S.p.A. from one or more software licensors
(“Software Suppliers”). Such software products (“SOFTWARE”), as well as associated
media, printed materials, and “online” or electronic documentation are protected by
international intellectual property laws and treaties. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold.
The SOFTWARE and, similarly, any copyrights and all industrial and intellectual
ownership rights are and shall remain the exclusive propriety of Esaote S.p.A. or its
Software Suppliers.
The user will acquire no title or right on the SOFTWARE, except for the usage license
granted herein.

LICENSE RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS


With this license, Esaote S.p.A. grants the end user the right to use the SOFTWARE on
the supplied DEVICE.
The user may not, under any circumstances, make unauthorized copies and/or
reproductions of the SOFTWARE or parts of it, including the enclosed documentation.
On the basis of the above, and if the SOFTWARE is not protected against copying, only
one copy of the SOFTWARE may be made for security purposes (back up copy).
The user may not rent or lease the SOFTWARE, but he may transfer, on a permanent
basis, the rights granted herein, on condition that he transfers all copies of the
SOFTWARE and all written material, and that the transferee accepts all the conditions of
this agreement. Any transfer must include the most up-to-date version and all the
previous ones.
The user may not convert, decode, reverse-engineer, disassemble or change in any way
the SOFTWARE.
The user may not remove, obscure or alter the copyright notice, trademarks or other
proprietary rights notices affixed to or contained within the SOFTWARE.
The user may not publish data or information comparing the performances of said
SOFTWARE with that of software written by others.

8/12
PRODUCT TRACEABILITY
To guarantee the product traceability according to what stated by the quality standard
ISO13485 and by the European Directive on Medical Devices 93/42/EEC, ESAOTE kindly
requests the original owner of the equipment to give communication to our central plants, or
to one of our subsidiaries, or to one of our official distributors of any eventual conveyance of
the product property. Please use a duly filled copy of the form reported below or send us a
communication reporting the same data indicated in this form. All data relating to the system
can be found on its identification label.

Product Traceability Form

To: ESAOTE S.p.A.


Quality Assurance Department
Via di Caciolle, 15
I-50127 Firenze

ESAOTE system/device name: .........................................................................


REF: ................................................................................................................
SN: ..................................................................................................................
Name and address of the original owner: ..........................................................
.........................................................................................................................
Name and address of the new owner: ...............................................................
.........................................................................................................................
Date:

Signature

9/12
VIGILANCE SYSTEM
This equipment is subject to ESAOTE vigilance system (post-marketing vigilance) in case of
potential or real hazards for the patient or for the operator which might occur during the
normal system functioning, in order to be able to remove them with the best efficiency and
timing.
Therefore if the user records any malfunction or deterioration in the characteristics and/or
performances of the device, as well as any inadequacy in the labelling or the instructions for
use which might lead to potential or real hazards for a patient or for an operator, we kindly
request to immediately inform ESAOTE central plants, or one of our subsidiaries, or one of
our official distributors immediately through the following form, or through a
communication reporting the same data contained in this form. All data relating to the system
can be found on its identification label. In this way we will be able to take all adequate
measures with the best efficiency and timing.

Post-Marketing Vigilance Form


To: ESAOTE S.p.A.
Quality Assurance Department
Via di Caciolle, 15
I-50127 Firenze

ESAOTE system/device name: .........................................................................


REF: ................................................................................................................
SN: ..................................................................................................................
Description of the potential/real hazard: ..........................................................
.........................................................................................................................
Notes and suggestions: ....................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
Contact Person/Department: ............................................................................
Address: .........................................................................................................
Phone: .......................................... Fax: ......................................................
Date:

Signature

10/12
Important Information
This mark complies with the Medical Device Directive
93/42/EEC.

For US Customers: US Federal Law restricts this device to sale, distribution and
use by or on the order of a physician.

11/12
12/12
ESAOTE S.p.A.

Rev. F

July 2007

MyLab50
GETTING STARTED

8300391000
GETTING STARTED
GETTING STARTED

Introduction
This manual refers to the MyLab50, MyLab50CV and MyLab50XVision ultrasound
systems, named in the following chapters as MyLab. The term “MyLab”, used in this
manual, refers to all configurations. When the information refers to only one
configuration, it will be specifically indicated.
This manual explains how to install and use the MyLab ultrasound systems. All
system keys and their functions are described. Whether these keys are enabled or
disabled depends on the installed software and its release.

This manual is organized in the following chapters:

• Chapter 1: Additional Information on Safety


This chapter provides information about specific safety features of the MyLab.
• Chapter 2: Clinical Applications
This chapter specifies in which clinical applications the MyLab can be used.
• Chapter 3: System Components and Installation
This chapter lists the available configurations and installation instructions.
• Chapter 4: Control Panel
This chapter describes the system control panel.
• Chapter 5: Screen Lay-Out
This chapter describes how information is organized on the screen.
• Chapter 6: Exam Performance
This chapter explains how to perform an exam with the MyLab.
• Chapter 7: Measurements and Calculations
This chapter explains how to perform measurements on ultrasound images.
• Chapter 8: Exams Archive
This chapter describes how to use MyLab archive.
• Chapter 9: System Menu
This chapter explains how to configure the MyLab.
• Chapter 10: System Maintenance
This chapter lists all required maintenance procedures.
• Chapter 11: Technical Specifications
This chapter lists all MyLab technical specifications.
• Appendix A: Acoustic Output Tables
This chapter lists all MyLab acoustic output tables.
In this manual a WARNING pertains to possible injury to a patient and/or the
operator. A CAUTION describes the precautions, which are necessary to protect the
equipment. The user should understand and observe each of the cautions and
warnings.
GETTING STARTED

In this manual control panel keys and software keys are indicated using the following
graphical conventions:

Control panel keys They are indicated by BLUE CAPITAL LETTERS or by the
corresponding graphic symbol (e.g. ).

Software keys They are indicated by B L A C K CAPITAL LETTERS

The confirmation key is always indicated throughout the manual as ENTER, while the
menu context key as UNDO.
Table of Contents

1- Additional Information on Safety.....................................................................................1-1


Environmental Safety....................................................................................................................1-1
Transport Safety............................................................................................................................1-1
Electromagnetic Compatibility .....................................................................................................1-2
Probes Superficial Temperature....................................................................................................1-4
2- Clinical Applications...........................................................................................................2-1
Configurations...............................................................................................................................2-1
Clinical Applications ....................................................................................................................2-3
3- System Components and Installation................................................................................3-1
System Overview ..........................................................................................................................3-1
Control Panel Assembly................................................................................................................3-2
Console .........................................................................................................................................3-2
Connections button on the control panel.......................................................................................3-3
Control Panel Assembly Orientation ............................................................................................3-4
Acclimation Time .........................................................................................................................3-5
Turning the System On and off.....................................................................................................3-5
Moving and Transporting the System...........................................................................................3-6
4- Control Panel.......................................................................................................................4-1
The Control Panel .........................................................................................................................4-1
Alphanumeric Section...................................................................................................................4-1
Trackball .......................................................................................................................................4-2
Software Keys ...............................................................................................................................4-3
Controls Section............................................................................................................................4-4
Advanced Operations....................................................................................................................4-7
5- Screen Lay-Out ...................................................................................................................5-1
Information about the Screen........................................................................................................5-1
Heading .........................................................................................................................................5-1
Image Area....................................................................................................................................5-2
6- Exam Performance .............................................................................................................6-1
Exam Start and End.......................................................................................................................6-1
ECG...............................................................................................................................................6-3
Performing the Exam ....................................................................................................................6-4
Freeze and Scrolling Memories ....................................................................................................6-4
Exam Review ................................................................................................................................6-5
Annotations ...................................................................................................................................6-6
System Shut Down........................................................................................................................6-7
7- Measurements and Calculations........................................................................................7-1
General Information......................................................................................................................7-1
Generic Measurements..................................................................................................................7-2
Specific Calculation Packages ......................................................................................................7-2
8- Exams Archive ....................................................................................................................8-1
Archive Icons ................................................................................................................................8-1
Data Archival ................................................................................................................................8-1
Review of Archived Exams ..........................................................................................................8-3
End of Archive Review.................................................................................................................8-4
Archival Media Management........................................................................................................8-4
9- System Menu .......................................................................................................................9-1

i
Configuration Menu......................................................................................................................9-1
General Preset ...............................................................................................................................9-1
Application Preset .........................................................................................................................9-2
User Preset ....................................................................................................................................9-2
Tools Preset...................................................................................................................................9-3
Report Customization ...................................................................................................................9-3
Application Measurements ...........................................................................................................9-4
Generic Measurements..................................................................................................................9-4
Glossary ........................................................................................................................................9-4
Peripherals.....................................................................................................................................9-4
Network Drives Configuration......................................................................................................9-4
Dicom Configuration ....................................................................................................................9-5
Save & Load Presets .....................................................................................................................9-5
Security .........................................................................................................................................9-5
Service...........................................................................................................................................9-5
System Configuration ...................................................................................................................9-5
Licenses.........................................................................................................................................9-5
Shut Down ....................................................................................................................................9-5
10 - System Maintenance .........................................................................................................10-1
Cleaning of System and Peripheral Units ...................................................................................10-1
11 - Technical Specifications ..................................................................................................11-1
MyLab50 Configuration .............................................................................................................11-1
MyLab50CV Configuration........................................................................................................11-2
MyLab50XVsion Configuration .................................................................................................11-3
MyLab Technical Specifications ................................................................................................11-4
Safety Standards..........................................................................................................................11-6
Probes..........................................................................................................................................11-7
System Accessories.....................................................................................................................11-8
Video Requirements....................................................................................................................11-8
Appendix A - Acoustic Output Tables .....................................................................................A-1
Acoustic Output Data according to FDA.....................................................................................A-1
Acoustic Output Data according to IEC61157 ........................................................................A-169

ii
1
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
Chapter

1 - Additional Information on
Safety
This chapter provides additional information on safety specifically for MyLab.
SS Please read the "Safety and Standards" manual carefully for a complete overview of
all safety aspects of MyLab.

Environmental Safety
Special waste These systems contain a lithium battery. The battery must be treated as special
waste in conformity with applicable local regulations.

Dispose of the equipment as special waste in conformity with applicable local


regulations.

Transport Safety
The system front wheels are equipped with brakes, which can be activated
individually.

Do not park the system on a slope.


W A R N I N G

Do not use the brakes to park the machine


on a slope.

If your system is equipped with peripherals,


make sure that they are safely attached via
belts; for transportation in a vehicle, it is
strongly recommended to remove the
peripheral(s) and follow the device
manufacturer guidelines.

1-1
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Electromagnetic Compatibility
This system was designed for use in the electromagnetic environments declared in
the tables below, in compliance with standard IEC 60601-1-2:2001. The operator
must make sure that s/he uses it in keeping with this standard.

Electromagnetic Emissions
Emission Test Conformity Electromagnetic Environment

MyLab uses RF energy only for its internal


RF emissions
Group 1 function. Therefore, its RF emissions are very
CISPR 11 low and are not likely to cause any interference
in nearby electronic equipment.
RF emissions
Class B
CISPR 11

Harmonic emissions MyLab is suitable for use in all establishments,


on the electric power including domestic establishments and those
supply mains Class A
directly connected to the public low-voltage
IEC 61000-3-2 power supply network that supplies buildings
used for domestic purposes.
Voltage fluctuations
and flicker generation Conforms
IEC 61000-3-3

Electromagnetic Immunity
The electromagnetic tests are aimed at simulating the typical transients of an
electromagnetic environment. MyLab was tested for immunity to transients and at
their typical levels in a domestic, hospital or commercial environment.

Conformity Electromagnetic Environment and Measures


Immunity Test
Levels to Be Taken

Electrostatic ±6 kV on The floor should be in antistatic material (wood,


discharge (ESD) contact ceramic,…). If covered with synthetic material,
relative humidity should be maintained at least
IEC 61000-4-2 ±8 kV in air at 30%.
Transients/trains of ±2 kV on the The quality of the electrical power supply and
rapid electric power supply the mains frequency magnetic fields should be
pulses lines typical of domestic, commercial and hospital
environments.
IEC 61000-4-4 ±1 kV on the
input/output
lines
If the MyLab user has to work without a break
Pulse ±1 kV while power supply is interrupted, Esaote
differential recommends having power supplied through a
IEC 61000-4-5 mode UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) unit.

±2 kV common
mode

1-2
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Conformity Electromagnetic Environment and Measures


Immunity Test
Levels to Be Taken

Electrostatic ±6 kV on The floor should be in antistatic material (wood,


discharge (ESD) contact ceramic,…). If covered with synthetic material,
relative humidity should be maintained at least
IEC 61000-4-2 ±8 kV in air at 30%.
Voltage gaps, brief <5 % of rated
interruptions and voltage (U T )
voltage variations (voltage gap
on power supply >95 %)
input lines for half a cycle
IEC 61000-4-11 40 % U T
(voltage gap
60 %)
for 5 cycles
70 % U T
(voltage gap
30 %)
for 25 cycles
<5 % U T
(voltage gap
>95 %)
for 5 sec
Magnetic fields at 3 A/m
mains frequency
(50/60 Hz)
IEC 61000-4-8
RF conducted 3 Vrms Mobile or portable radio frequency (RF)
fields communication appliances should be used at
from 150 kHz longer distances than those indicated on the
IEC 61000-4-6 to 80 MHz following table.
Interference may occur in the vicinity of equip-
RF radiated fields 3 V/m ment marked with the following symbol:
IEC 61000-4-3 from 80 MHz to
2.5 GHz

Recommended Distances between Radiofrequency (RF) Communication Systems


and MyLab
As stated in the Safety and Standards manual, it is recommended to not use
SS radiofrequency (RF) transmission systems near the ultrasound system. RF systems
can cause interference, which alters the echographic image and Doppler traces.

The operator can prevent interference caused by electromagnetic fields by


maintaining a minimum distance between the echographic system and the RF
communication systems being used (cell telephones, mobile telephones…). The
following table shows the minimum distance in meters, according to the maximum
power at the RF system output.

1-3
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Distance According to Transmission Frequency


Maximum
Power at [m]
Transmitter From 150 kHz From 80 MHz to From 800 MHz
Output to 80 MHz 800 MHz to 2,5 GHz
[W]
d = 1.2 P d = 1.2 P d = 2.3 P
0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23
0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73
1 1.2 1.2 2.3
10 3.8 3.8 7.3
100 12 12 23
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the
recommended separation distance d in metres (m) can be estimated using the
equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum
output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter
manufacturer.
NOTE 1 As a precaution, always apply the greater distance supplied by the table.
NOTE 2 Electromagnetic propagation is subjected to absorption and reflection in
the presence of structures, objects and people. The values in the table are general
guidelines.
The operator must remember that the intensity of the electromagnetic fields
generated by fixed transmitters (radio-base stations for cellular or cordless
telephones, TV and radio transmissions, amateur radio transmissions…) cannot be
predicted on a theoretical basis. A direct measurement of the area in which the
MyLab50 is to be used may be necessary. If the intensity of the electromagnetic
fields exceeds that specified in the immunity levels shown in the previous tables,
and the echographic system does not perform correctly, additional measures may
be necessary, i.e. positioning the system in a different way.

Probes Superficial Temperature


MyLab has been designed to maintain the probes’ superficial temperature within the
limits defined by the IEC 60601-2-37 standard. Esaote recommends freezing the
system at the end of each exam by pressing the key to avoid probe
overheating. The system will automatically be frozen if left inactive for a few
minutes.

1-4
2
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
Chapter

2 - Clinical Applications
MyLab is designed for operators who are qualified in using ultrasound systems.

Configurations
When fully configured, the system offers a variety of intended uses.

SS Note
Carefully read
Chapter 2 of the
"Safety and The operator must always follow the principle known as ALARA (As
Standards" manual. Low As Reasonably Achievable) and must use minimum acoustic
power for the minimum time required to obtain diagnostic
information

Do not use MyLab for ophthalmic or transorbital applications.


W A R N I N G

Basic Configuration
MyLab50 MyLab50 can be configured with one or more of the following applications:
Application Notes
Cardiac (CAR) Includes transesophageal exams if a TEE022 (for
cardiology in adults) and/or a TEE122 (pediatric
cardiology) is available
Vascular (PV) Includes ADULT CEPHALIC application
General Imaging Includes ABDOMEN (ABD), PEDIATRIC, BREAST,
THYROID, other SMALL PARTS (testicles,…) and
MUSCULO-SKELETAL (MS); includes endovaginal and
transrectal exams if an endocavity probe is available
Breast (SP) -
Thyroid (SP) -
Musculo-Skeletal (MS) -
Urology (UR) -
Obstetrics (OB-GYN) Includes gynecologic application

2-1
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

The basic system is configured with the following application:


MyLab50CV Application Notes
Cardiac (CAR) Includes transesophageal exams if a TEE022 (for
cardiology in adults) and/or a TEE122 (pediatric
cardiology) is available
MyLab50CV can be configured with all the applications available with MyLab50.

MyLab50XVsion MyLab50XVision can be configured with one or more of the following applications:
Application Notes
Cardiac (CAR) Includes transesophageal exams if a TEE022 (cardiology
in adults) or a TEE122 (pediatric cardiology) is available
Vascular (PV) Includes ADULT CEPHALIC application
General Imaging Includes ABDOMEN (ABD), PEDIATRIC, BREAST,
THYROID, other SMALL PARTS (testicles,…) and
MUSCULO-SKELETAL (MS); includes endovaginal and
transrectal exams if an endocavity probe is available
Breast (SP) -
Thyroid (SP) -
Musculo-Skeletal (MS) -
Urology (UR) -
Obstetrics (OB-GYN) Includes gynecologic application

2-2
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Please consult the


corresponding Clinical Applications
chapter for
specifications and The following table lists MyLab probes and their intended clinical use.
licenses.
CAR PED PV SP THY MS BRE NC AC UR ABD OB-GYN
PA Probes
PA230 9 9 9
PA121 9 9
PA122 9 9 9 9
PA023 9 9 9 9
LA Probes
LA532 9 9 9 9
LA522 9 9 9 9
LA523 9 9 9 9 9 9
LA424 9 9 9 9 9 9
LA435 9 9 9 9 9 9
CA Probes
CA621 9 9 9 9 9
CA631 9 9 9 9 9
CA421 9 9 9 9 9
CA1421 9 9 9 9 9
CA431 9 9 9 9 9
CA430 9 9 9 9
CA123 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Special
Probes
TE022 9
TE122 9
EC123 9 9
E8-5 9 9
IO323 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
LP323** 9
BC431* 9 9
Doppler
Probes
2 CW 9
5 CW 9
CAR: Cardiac (adults and pediatric); PED: Pediatric PV: Peripheral vascular; SP: Small Parts and
small organs; THY: Thyroid MS: musculo-skeletal; BRE: Breast; NC: Neonatal cephalic; AC:
Adult cephalic ABD: Abdominal; UR: Urology; OB-GYN: Obstetric and Gynaecology
* Probe BC431 is dedicated to 3D/4D acquisition * * Not for the U.S. market

Do not use MyLab for ophthalmic or transorbital applications.


W A R N I N G

Do not use intraoperative and laparoscopic probes in direct contact with the
heart, the central circulatory system and the central nervous system

Cardiac Applications
The probe applies ultrasound energy through the thoracic cavity to obtain an
image of the heart sufficient for evaluating any cardiac abnormalities. In Doppler
modes, the probe applies energy through the thoracic cavity to determine the
velocity and direction of blood in the heart and vessels.

2-3
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

The heart can also be studied through the esophagus and/or transgastrically with a
transesophageal probe (TEE022 in adults, TEE122 in pediatric cardiology).

Pediatric Applications
The probe applies ultrasound energy through the skin in order to obtain images
and evaluate flows in pediatric and neonatal exams. In the latter case, the probe
applies ultrasound energy through the fontanel in order to visualize cerebral
structures (Imaging) or flows (Doppler) to detect structural or functional
abnormalities.

SS Note
Carefully read
Chapter 2 of the
"Safety and The operator must always follow the principle known as ALARA (As
Standards" manual. Low As Reasonably Achievable) and, in particular with this
application, must use minimum acoustic power for the minimum
time compatible with obtaining diagnostic information.

This application does not include transorbital or any other ophthalmic


W A R N I N G
application.

Vascular Applications
The probe applies ultrasound energy through the neck or the limbs of a patient in
order to obtain an image of the carotid artery or of other peripheral vessels. These
images show the possible presence of abnormalities or obstructions of the vessels.
In Doppler modes, the probe applies ultrasound energy through the neck or the
hands/feet of a patient in order to evaluate blood velocity, flow or lack of flow,
and the perviousness of the peripheral vessels.

SS Note
Carefully read
Chapter 2 of the
"Safety and The operator must always follow the principle known as ALARA (As
Standards" manual. Low As Reasonably Achievable) and, in particular with this
application, must use minimum acoustic power for the minimum
time compatible with obtaining diagnostic information.

This does not include transcranial, transorbital or any other ophthalmic


W A R N I N G
application.

Small Organs and Small Parts Application


The probe applies ultrasound energy through the skin to obtain an image or a
Doppler flow visualization of small organs such as thyroid (neck), testicles (scrotal
sac) and breast (breast).

2-4
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Musculo-Skeletal
The probe applies ultrasound energy through the skin to obtain an image of
tendons, ligaments and muscles and to determine blood flow patterns and
velocities.

Adult Cephalic
The probe applies ultrasound energy through the skull in order to visualize cerbral
vessels and flows, to detect funtional abnormalities.

This application does not include transorbital or any other ophthalmic


W A R N I N G
application.

Abdominal applications
The probe applies ultrasound energy through the patient abdomen to obtain an
image of the abdominal organs to detect abnormalities (Imaging) and assess the
blood velocity, flow and patency of abdominal vessels through the Doppler
modalities. In gynaecology and urology, ultrasound energy is applied through the
skin to image the female genito-urinary organs or the kidney and males genito-
urinary structures (prostate, bladder,…). An endocavity probe can also be used to
image the same organs, either endovaginally (gynaecologic application) or
transrectally (urologic application).

OB Application
The probe applies ultrasound energy through a pregnant woman’s abdomen to
obtain an image of the fetus to detect structural abnormalities or to visualize and
measure anatomic and physiologic parameters of the fetus for the purpose of
assessing fetal growth. In Doppler modes, the probe applies energy through the
patient abdomen to detect placental or fetal flow abnormalities. An endocavity
probe can also be used for the same purposes (endovaginal studies).

SS Note
Carefully read
Chapter 2 of the
"Safety and The user should always follow the ALARA (As Low As Reasonably
Standards" manual. Achievable) principle, but especially in OB/fetal applications. Use the
lowest amount of acoustic output power for the shortest duration of
time to obtain the necessary clinical diagnostic information.

2-5
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

2-6
3
M y L a b 5 0 - G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
Chapter

3 - System Components and


Installation
The system will be installed by ESAOTE personnel. Esaote personnel will be
responsible for opening the packaging and ensuring that the system is correctly
programmed and operational. This chapter provides an overview of the system's
components and the major operations that may be necessary.

The monitor must be considered an IT device: it can be safely used inside


W A R N I N G
the patient area only when it is powered through the cart insulation
transformer.

System Overview
The MyLab50 XVision model is equipped with a tiltable 19” LCD, the MyLab50
and MyLab50CV model with a tiltable 17” monitor.

The system consists of a control


panel assembly with the LCD or
monitor, and a console with the
system electronics and connectors.

The console top is equipped to house


video peripherals. It has a rear mains
switch to power up the console,
display and peripheral units. For
transportation, the system provides a
handle (control panel front) and
brakes (front wheels).

3-1
M y L a b 5 0 - G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Control Panel Assembly


The ON/OFF The control panel assembly includes the unit handle, all system controls, including
Switch is located in an ON/OFF button, the loud speakers, probe and gel holders (right side), and
the right upper corner
of the control panel.
probe and ECG cables holders on the left. The 17” tilting monitor or the LCD is
installed on top of the assembly.

The control panel assembly can be rotated for optimal orientation for the operator
and for transportation.

Console
Probe Connectors Probes connectors are located on the front of the system (right side); three imaging
and one Doppler probe connectors are available.

USB Ports Two USB ports are located on the front of the system (left side); these ports can
be used to connect a USB printer or a USB pen key for digital data storage.

Burner A CD/DVD burner is available on the front of the system.

Power Plug The power cord plug, the fuse box and the electrical power switch (mains switch)
are located on the bottom of the system, at the rear.

Wheels The posterior wheels are permanently fixed; anterior wheels are rotational. Each
anterior wheel has two levers to lock (grey to brake and green to lock the rotational
mechanism) and one on top to release.

Peripherals
Housing
The console top is equipped to house
two video peripherals (for example a
printer and a VTR); peripherals can
be easily connected and disconnected
via the pre-installed cables (shown in
the drawing at the left) and secured
to the system console with belts.

3-2
M y L a b 5 0 - G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Rear Panel
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C11
C9 C10

AUX

C12 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20


C13 C14

AUDIO S-VIDEO C-VIDEO

C21 C24 C25 C26 C27 C28 C29


C22 C23

2 1 SYNC R G B
!
!

Cable Type Characteristics MyLab Connectors


Power Cords Two plugs J2÷J5
Video Signals Two S-VHS and four Audio for VCR C15 S-VHS out, C16 S-VHS in
C13 Audio out, C14 Audio in
Two SVGA outputs C19-C20
One RGB Out (four BNC C24÷C27
connectors) for an RGB Thermal
Printer
B/W Video Composite (one BNC C17 Video out, C18 Video in
connector) for B/W Thermal Printer
Two USB outputs, type A, for USB C5÷C6
peripherals
Remote Controls One serial connector for VTR C12
One jack connector for RGB Printer C22
One jack connector for B/W Printer C23
Other connectors ECG signal input C28
Footswitch C29
Network port C2
Currently not used C1, C3, C4, C9÷C12, C21

Others When included as part of the configuration, the ECG cable (C28) and an RJ45
LAN cable (C2) exit from the bottom rear of the console at the rear, along with the
auxiliary foot-switch.

The ECG cable is wired to generate a I lead trace. By suitably positioning the
electrodes, the operator can obtain a II or III lead trace.

Connections button on the control panel


Probes Imaging probes can be connected to the EA1, EA2 or EA3 connectors; the
Doppler probe has its own dedicated connector (D).

Never disconnect the probe while it is active. Press the FREEZE key before
C A U T I O N
disconnecting the probe.

3-3
M y L a b 5 0 - G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Probe connection procedure: make sure that the connector-securing device is in


the "OPEN" position, align the pins of the two connectors and carefully attach the
probe connector. To secure it, move the securing device to its "LOCK" position.
To connect a Doppler probe, attach the connector with the reference facing up.

Video Peripheral Before installing the peripheral units, make sure that the system is switched off and
Units unplug the power cable from the mains. Lock the trolley by engaging the brakes.

The "Safety and Standards" manual provides the safety requirements and standards
SS to be observed for using peripheral units with your system.

Open the console top cover to access the peripherals pre-installed cables; plug a
free power cable into the peripheral mains socket.
Contact ESAOTE Connect the video signals as appropriate: pre-installed cables are clearly labeled to
personnel for guide the connection. Each cable is labeled, at the connector end, with a
recommended video
peripherals
description of its destination port (example: C-VIDEO IN ).
compatible with the
system. Replace the console cover; fit the video device into its desired position and secure
it with the belts.

Note

Disconnect and remove probes and peripherals when transporting


the system by vehicle.

USB Printers The system can be connected to USB printers via a USB Port.

Contact ESAOTE personnel for recommended USB printers and for safe and
proper installation.

Control Panel Assembly Orientation

System closed position This assembly can be laterally


oriented to maximize operator
comfort; also, it can be tilted toward
the back of the system for optimal
maneuverability (closed position).

3-4
M y L a b 5 0 - G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

These two rotations are controlled by locks located below the control panel and by
a device located on its side (as shown in the drawings below).

The central locking device is used to


rotate the assembly into its optimal
working position: when pushed, this
device allows lateral rotation of the
assembly (i.e., control panel and
display). The right lever allows to lift
or let down the keyboard..

The lateral lock is used to rotate the


assembly by 180°, so that the handle
moves to the rear of the system, for
optimal transportation.

Acclimation Time
If the system has been exposed to temperatures which are outside the range given
for its correct working (15÷35°C), it must acclimate, before being switched on. The
following table indicates the necessary waiting times:.

T(°C) 60 55 50 45 40 35÷15 10
Hours 8 6 4 2 1 0 1
T(°C) 5 0 -5 -10 -15 -20
Hours 2 4 6 8 10 12

Turning the System On and off


At the examination site, place the control panel assembly into its working position
(unlock the posterior locking device and rotate the assembly by 180°); unlock the
anterior wheels (green levers) for final position adjustments.

3-5
M y L a b 5 0 - G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

The monitor or the The control panel orientation and lifting devices can now be used to optimally
LCD can be directly adjust the control panel and the screen working position. Push the orientation lever
rotated or tilted
independently from
to unlock and rotate the control panel into the new position. Release the lock when
the control panel the control panel is correctly positioned. To lift or let down the keyboard, unlock
the lever, by pushing it towards left, and operating on the handle, place the
keyboard on the desired height.

Plug the power cord into the mains; turn on the rear panel mains switch. The
ON/OFF control panel button may then be used to power the system on and off.

Note

It is recommended that the rear panel switch be turned off prior to


unpluging the power cable or whenever the system is expected not be
used for long periods.

Moving and Transporting the System


MyLab is provided with wheels and handle to allow the user to easily move the unit.
The following precautions must be observed:
Moving the system • Switch the system off, turn the mains switch off and unplug the power
cord.

• Make sure that the control panel is locked.

• If the probes are connected, be sure that they are properly placed in the
suitable MyLab probe-carriers and that the cables do not reach the floor.

• The peripherals can be placed on the MyLab peripheral platform on the


rear part of the system, provided that they are secured with the locking
strips.

• If the peripherals are also placed on an external additional platform, be


sure they are disconnected from MyLab before moving the ultrasound unit.

• The wheels of MyLab are provided with brakes; be sure the brakes are
disabled before moving the ultrasound apparatus.

• Avoid any unnecessary mechanical shocks to the system while moving it.

Only the handles on the keyboard must be used for moving the system and
W A R N I N G
rotate the keyboard.

Make sure not to damage the peripherals placed on the console when
rotating the keyboard.

3-6
M y L a b 5 0 - G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Make sure that the probes are locked in the appropriate holders and the
probe cables are properly hanged in the cable hooks during the movement
of the system.

The handles on the keyboard cannot be used for lifting the system.

For locking the system in a stable way is necessary to lock at least two
wheels.
Transportation When transporting the system by vehicle, remind to:

• Disassemble the LCD or the monitor. Protect the monitor or the


LCD with a suitable packaging.
• Disconnect and remove all probes and peripherals.
• Bring the control panel to its lowest position.
• Use the brakes to lock the system.
• Fasten securely the system inside the vehicle.
• Unlock the posterior locking device. To unlock it pull it and rotate
it till it clicks.
The keyboard could be damaged during transportation in a vehicle if it is
C A U T I O N
locked.

3-7
M y L a b 5 0 - G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

3-8
4
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
Chapter

4 - Control Panel
This chapter provides a brief description of the system controls.

The Control Panel

Control panel components:


an alphanumeric section
(keyboard, TGC and
ON/OFF button), the
trackball, a software keys
section and a controls
section.

Alphanumeric Section
This section includes the ON/OFF button, TGC controls and an alphanumeric
keyboard.

The ON/OFF button turns the system on and off; this button is operable only if
the rear panel mains switch is ON.

This is a PC based system; data loss or driver damage may occur if the
C A U T I O N
system is turned off while working. Refer to appropriate sections of this
manual for detailed information on when and how to safely power the
system off.

The TGC potentiometers control signal amplification in individual regions of the


image. The potentiometers are used to adjust the signal region by region.

The alphanumeric keyboard is based on the QWERTY standard. The


alphanumeric keys are used for inputting text data in the enabled windows. The
Caps Lock key presets the keyboard to upper case characters.

4-1
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

The yShift key is used for typing in lower case or upper case characters (according
to how the keyboard is set) or the characters indicated in the top left section of
some keys.

Special Characters With MyLab, the operator can type in the special characters through the
Windows® XP standard modalities. To type in special characters, two keys have to
be simultaneously pressed. The table below: shows the operating modalities.

First key Second key Special characters

‘ (Apostrophe) e, y, u, i, o, a, c é, ý, ú, í, ó, á, ç

` (Grave accent) e, u, i, o, a è, ù, ì, ò, à

^ (Circumflex) e, u, i, o, a ê, û, î, ô, â

~ (Tilde) o, a, n õ, ã, ñ

“ (Diaeresis) e, y, u, i, o, a, ë, ÿ, ü, ï, ö, ä

The following characters are also available, if the operator presses the Alt key and
the numbers sequence listed in the table below:

Alt + sequence Special character

0229 å
0230 æ
0248 ø
0223 ß

Text Entry If any of the alphanumeric keys are pressed during the exam, this automatically
activates the input of text. All writing operations are managed by the alphanumeric
AO keyboard and trackball, the trackball is used to position the cursor.

The key allows to access a glossary, which can be configured by the user.
Refer to the “Advanced Operation” manual for more information on text entry.

Trackball
The trackball operates in two different modes.

Standard Mode In its standard function, the trackball allows quickly positioning of the cursors on
the screen. The following chapters provide details of the specific functions
performed by the trackball.

Each mode automatically activates the trackball cursor:

4-2
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Mode Trackball
B-Mode Transmission focal point
M-Mode, Doppler LINE cursor
CFM CFM ROI cursor
ACTION key If the screen contains several cursors, the ACTION key activates the active cursor.

Mouse Mode The trackball can then be used to move a pointer on the screen. In Real-Time the
pointer can be used to activate software keys functions and to toggle through their
AO menus. In Freeze, Exam review and Archive review the pointer can be used to
Refer to “System
Configuration” section for access archive menus. In this case, the keys placed on the left and right side of the
trackball configuration trackball can be set as mouse keys (as enter and context menu keys).

Regardless of the trackball configuration, the enter and context menu keys are
respectively indicated as ENTER and UNDO keys in this manual.

The POINTER key enables the user to change the trackball operation from standard
to mouse mode.

Software Keys
Four buttons and six menu toggles are located at the bottom of the monitor (as
shown in the drawing).

The functions of these keys vary according to mode, application, and settings. The
menu shown above the keys indicates the functions assigned to them.

To correctly use the software keys, keep in mind the following:

• The buttons are shown according to their status.


To be Pressed Diasbled
pressed

Blue Sky-Blue Dark Grey


If the button is active, the displayed function is enabled by pressing the
key.

4-3
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

• If the displayed menu has more than six scrolling toggles, the sixth
toggle (NEXT/PREVIOUS) is used to scroll through the menus of the first
five keys. Press the push-buttons to select the required setting.

Controls Section
Exam Flow
START END is the key that opens and closes every exam. The menu is used for
entering patient data and for the choice of application, probe and required presets.
During the exam, the user may select a different probe (key ) or preset (key
).

When the exam is finished, press the START END key again. It is then possible to
archive the patient's data and produce an exam report. The system clears the stored
data and shows the exam start window again.

The PATIENT ID key is used to input or modify the patient's data during the exam.

AO
The Mode Keys
The B key re-activates a B-Mode image in Real-Time when the system is used in
any other mode. If pressed in M-Mode, Doppler or Freeze, the B key restores a full
screen bi-dimensional image.

The Color Doppler Mode (CFM) is activated or disabled by pressing the CFM key
in B- or M-Mode.

In B-Mode, a cursor delimits the Region of Interest (ROI) where color analysis is
executed and displayed. The ROI's dimensions and position can be allowed with
the trackball, activating the ROI cursor with the ACTION key.

The Real-Time Soft Keys menu allows the operator to alter the display mode and
to switch to Power Color or TVM (Tissue Velocity Mapping). TVM1 utilizes
Doppler to display the heart walls motion, rather than flow.

The displayed menu enables to alter the B-Mode and make it coincide with the
ROI ("Coincident" view).

Color M-Mode is shown via full screen or with a reference 2D, according to the
choices on the displayed menu.

The M key activates the M-Mode, and if necessary, the selection cursor (B-Line).
There are five possible viewing formats: full screen format in M-Mode; dual
format, with the screen split vertically with 2D on the left and the trace on the

1TVM and TV modes are enabled only with the PA230, PA122, TE022 and TE122 probes in a cardiac
application.

4-4
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

right; the split screen formats, with the screen split horizontally, with the reference
2D above (out of three possible dimensions) and the M-Mode trace below. The
viewing format can be preset and varied in Real-Time through the displayed menu.

The PW key is used for activating the Pulsed Wave Doppler (PW), CW for
activating the Continuous Wave Doppler (CW); both keys activate the positioning
cursor. As in M-Mode, there are five viewing formats: the three split formats, the
dual format and the full screen format. In PW, the Real-Time Soft Keys menu
allows the operator to switch to TV1 (Tissue Velocity) display mode. TV sets
Doppler filters to display strong signals with low motion such as the heart walls
motion, rather than flow.

During the exam, the format can be preset or altered interactively through the use
of the menu.

In 2D or CFM, the line cursor (LINE key) can be interactively activated or disabled
to select the M-Mode or Doppler Mode.

In both M-Mode and Doppler, the UPDATE key begins the trace acquisition. If this
key is pressed during acquisition, the trace is frozen and the reference 2D is
temporarily re-activated.
If during the exam some preset parameters are changed, the key allows to
restore the parameters configured for the active application.

The key stops the current analysis or scan and puts the system in Freeze
mode. To re-activate in Real-Time, press a second time or directly press the
applicable key for the required mode.

Format Controls
According to how the system is preset or to the selections on the displayed menu,
these keys activate multiple views of two (dual) or four 2D (quad) images. In Dual
mode, the user can display two different images or the same 2D/2D-CFM image
simultaneously.

Press any key to activate multiple presentations. The active 2D/2D-CFM is


displayed on the left (in the upper box for quad presentation). If the key or the
key is pressed, the system freezes the acquisition of the 2D/2D-CFM and
activates the next ( ) or previous ( ) 2D/2D-CFM.

Press the key to return to the normal format

The Zoom function, active both in Real-Time and in Freeze, is used to selectively
enlarge a region of the image in B-Mode or in CFM.

Initial pressing of the ZOOM key activates a sectorial cursor that can be positioned
(and possibly varied in terms of dimensions) by the trackball on the region of
interest. The second pressure activates the enlarged presentation of the selected
region. Press ZOOM to return to a normal format.

4-5
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Use the UNDO key to cancel the enlargement factor cursor from the as yet non-
enlarged image.

Basic Controls
Gain Knobs The B/M and Doppler knobs are used for adjusting the amplification of the echo
signal. Gain is increased by turning the Gain knob clockwise and is reduced by
turning the Gain knob counter- clockwise.

The B/M knob on the right affects on the B- and M-Mode signals, adjusting
amplification over the entire depth of the image. The Doppler knob amplifies the
CFM and Doppler gain, according to which mode is active. In Doppler mode, gain
affects both components of the signal (video and audio). The level of the audio
signal may be independently adjusted with the AUDIO knob, which is disabled in the
imaging modes.

If some preset parameters are altered during the exam, the key can be used to
restore the presets set for the active application.

The DEPTH knob increases or reduces scanning depth in all imaging modes.

When the cursor is active, the DEPTH key varies the dimension of the area to
be enlarged.

The POWER knob is active in Real-Time only and is used for varying emitted
power during the exam. It operates independently for each mode: e.g. in PW
mode, it controls the power of the Pulsed Wave Doppler; in 2D-CFM mode, it
controls the power of the CFM.

Power control must be adjusted to the minimum possible level compatible


SS with an acceptable image. Carefully read the "Safety and Standards"
manual with reference to the guidelines on the safety of ultrasound.

In all applications where the ECG is shown, the key enables the operator to
vary the amplitude of the ECG trace and its position selection on the screen.

Exam Storage
During the exam, the operator can save both individual images and sequences (for
systems having the clip license) by using the IMAGE key, for the frames, and CLIP
key, for the sequences (2D or CFM). The stored images and sequences are
displayed as thumbnails on the right side of the screen.

The key is used for accessing, at any time, the data stored during the current
exam. To access the data archive, press the key.

4-6
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Exam Report
General measurements ( key) and access to the calculations package may
always be executed, specifically for the application in progress (MEASURE key).
When the required key is pressed, the list of available measurements is shown to
the right of the image.

Peripherals Management
The keyboard can control two different peripheral units with keys 1 and 2,
according to the system's presets. For example, the operator can connect both a
B/W printer and an RGB printer and control them separately with these keys.

This key activates and disables the VTR Menu. The software keys menu enables
video recorder play-back and other VTR operations (fast forward, eject,....).

Note

To ensure correct video recorder operation, MyLab must be


configured with the correct VTRs and with the relevant settings.

Settings
The MENU key displays the system menu for all configurations / settings (center
name, preset…). The menu is explained in detail in a following chapter.

Advanced Operations
Keys MARK, REPORT, ANNOT, ACQUIRE and CONTRAST activate advanced
AO operations: further details on how to use them are described in the "Advanced
Operations" manual.

4-7
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

4-8
5
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
Chapter

5 - Screen Lay-Out
This chapter provides a brief description of the information on the MyLab screen.

Information about the Screen


The screen is subdivided into three main areas:
Heading

The video area (i.e.,


the screen area which
can be managed by
video peripherals) is a
screen sub-set; it Image
includes most of the Area
Heading and the
entire Image Area.

Software Keys Menu

Heading
This area is used for displaying the icons for the following: trackball, archival
systems, configured peripheral units; it also displays the following information:
center and patient data, and the date.
For setting center Patient data is displayed only if entered at the beginning of the exam. The system
data, see the Chapter displays the following patient data: last name and first name, age and patient code.
9 of this manual.

5-1
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Trackball
The trackball function is indicated by the icon shown at the top left side of the
screen.

When there are several cursors on the screen, two icons are displayed
simultaneously. The yellow icon shown on the left indicates the active cursor; the
green cursor on the right indicates the next cursor that can be activated. The
ACTION key switches between the cursors.

Archival Systems
The archival system icons are shown at top left of the screen, after the trackball
icons. The icon is blinking and bordered in yellow while working; it is shown
crossed out whenever there are management problems involving the specific
archival system.

For more details on data archival, consult the Chapter 8 and the Advanced
AO Operations manual.

Peripheral Units
The system is able to simultaneously manage two peripheral units (b/w or RGB
printer and the VTR). The icons of the peripheral units are shown at top right of
the screen.

If no peripheral unit is enabled, the right side of the header bar shows two gray
icons.

The peripheral units’ icon is shown crossed out whenever there are management
problems involving the specific peripheral unit.

Real-Time and Freeze


A specific icon is used for the Real-Time and frozen image - it is shown to the right
of the heading area.

Whenever an image is frozen, a memory bar is displayed (at the bottom right of the
screen) and indicates the scrolling memories. The images acquired immediately
before the system is put into freeze mode and archived in the scrolling memories
area. The trackball can be used to examine the 2D, M-Mode, Doppler and CFM
information image image–by-image.

Image Area
The display of the image depends on various factors such as active mode, selected
application, and transducer. The following screen shot shows the elements in the
image area which are independent of the factors listed above.

5-2
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Legenda:

Number Icon

1 Active application
2 Machine parameters
3 Sector orientation
4 Acoustic output data
5 Thumbnails of stored images
6 Focal zone
7 If colored, it indicates images to be scrolled
8 Frame Rate
9 Heart rate
10 CFM scale
11 Imaging scale
12 Active probe
13 Selected preset

Applications
The system displays different icons according to the selected application.

5-3
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Machine Parameters

Imaging Parameter Quantity Description


F nnn MHz Imaging frequency or
TEI mode (Resolution or
Penetration) when enabled
G nn % Imaging gain (Min, %, Max)
D nn cm Depth
XV n XView algorythm
PRC n-n-l Dynamic range, Sharpness, Density
(L: Low, H: High)
PRS n Persistence
PST n Post -processing curve
SV nn-nnn mm Sample volume Size and Depth (PW)
Θ nn° Doppler correction-angle

SV and Θ are displayed only if the relevant cursor is active.

CFM Parameter Quantity Description


F nnn MHz CFM frequency or TVM frequency
when enabled
G nn % CFM gain (Min, %, Max)
PRF nnn kHz Pulse Repetition Frequency
PRC n-l-l Sensitivity, Density (L: Low, H:
High), Smooth (L: Low, H: High)
PRS n Persistence
WF n CFM filter (L: Low, M: Medium, H:
High)

Doppler Parameter Quantity Description


F nnn MHz Doppler frequency or TV frequency
when enabled
G nn % Doppler gain (Min, %, Max)
PRF nnn kHz Pulse Repetition Frequency (kHz)
PRC n-n Pre-processing curves (Dynamic
range, Rejection)
PST n Post-processing curve
WF nnnn Hz Wall filters

5-4
6
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
Chapter

6 - Exam Performance
This chapter describes the operations typically performed while an exam is being
performed and how to turn the system off at the end of the session.

Read the Safety and Standards Manual carefully: all the safety
SS characteristics, cautions and warnings listed apply to all exams.

Remember that it is necessary to be familiar with the mechanical and


thermal indices display and the ALARA principle (As Low As Reasonably
Achievable) before using any probe. The patient must be exposed to
ultrasound for as short a time as possible and only for as long as it takes to
achieve the relevant diagnostic information.

Exam Start and End


At power-up, at the end of the initial autotest and at the start of every new exam
(key ) the system shows the screen in the shot below. If necessary, the
key activates Real-Time prior to ending the initialization phase.

Do not turn the system off during the initialization phase: the hard disk
C A U T I O N
could be damaged by this operation.

In the Exam Start window the operator can enter patient data, select the
application, as well as the required presets and probe.

Note
AO To guarantee data integrity and confidentiality, the system allows to
configure a list of users allowed to work on the system. In this case
to access the system the user needs to log in and type a password. See
the “Advanced Operations” manual for further information.

6-1
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Age is automatically
calculated from the
date of birth. In
cardiac applications
one can enter height,
weight and BSA
values.

Note

The user may program and add presets to better suit individual
clinical needs or preferences, while applications depend on the
installed optional licenses.

At any time during the exam, the operator can view and modify the patient's data
with and can also select a different probe and setting by using and .

Do not use to begin a new exam as this will update the existing
W A R N I N G
patient’s information with new entries. To activate a new procedure, always
use the key.

To select fields and options, use the trackball and the ENTER key: The trackball
moves the cursor; the ENTER key fixes the cursor’s position, opens the drop-down
menu and selects the option.

How to Input • Move the cursor with the trackball.


Patient Data and
Select an • Input the patient's data using the alphanumeric keyboard. The  Back
Application Space key is used to remove input characters.

• To move rapidly through the different items, use the Tab ' key.
• Select the required application, preset and probe. The selected
application and presets are displayed over a black background, and the
selected probe is displayed over a blue field.
• Move the cursor over OK and press ENTER to begin the exam.
The system activates Real-Time in 2D. The selected application and presets
automatically determine the type of format, CFM maps and power values …

6-2
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Before beginning the exam, make sure that the active probe displayed on
W A R N I N G
the screen matches the one selected on the Exam Start page.

Exam End To end the exam, press the key again. The window displayed at the end of the
exam is used to archive the exam. This window shows the patient's first name, the
type of activated application and the dimensions of the stored images.

Further details are Before archival, the patient data can be made anonymous. The exam can be
provided in the data simultaneously archived and exported and the corresponding report can be saved
archival chapter.
on an external medium.

The system automatically shows the window at the beginning of the exam.

Note

At power-up, the system prompts the operator to archive the last


exam performed if the system was switched off without first closing
the exam in progress.

ECG
When the electrodes have been applied and connected, the position of the ECG
trace on the screen can be selected, and the gain may be adjusted.

• Press to display the software keys menu.


• Modify the signal's amplitude by pressing the G A I N key.
• If necessary, press the P O S I T I O N key to move the ECG trace on the
screen.
• The E C G key enables or disables the display of the trace on the screen.
Press to return to the Real-Time menu.

6-3
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Performing the Exam


By pressing the different mode keys, the specific mode is activated in Real-Time. If
the same key is pressed again, the system automatically returns to the previous
presentation mode.

For formats which contain a trace (M-Mode and Doppler), prior to activating the
mode, the user must press the LINE key to display the scanning line.
Line cursor
During scanning, the UPDATE key freezes the trace and re-activates the 2D
reference; the P L E X key activates or freezes the 2D reference, maintaining the
trace in Real Time.

The keyboard and commands displayed on the software keys menu make it
possible to optimize presentation quality. Different menus correspond to each
format. If the displayed menu has several levels, press the N E X T /P R E V I O U S key
to scroll through all functions.

To save images and image sequences (2D or CFM), press and in Real-
Time. Single images are saved with full definition; sequences are compressed.
For further Sequences, or clips, are compressed in Jpeg format, with a minimum loss of
information about information.
clip formats, consult
the “Advanced
Operations” manual. Note

Digital data storage is typically slower than the ultrasound frame rate;
the clip frame rate may be lower than the original rate. A Warning
message is displayed if the archival frame rate drops below 20 fps,
which may occur if multiple tasks (example: burning a CD and saving
new clips) are operating simultaneously.

The thumbnails of the saved data are shown in chronological order. A maximum
of eight thumbnails are shown: the colored arrow in the thumbnails column
indicates that further images are available for scrolling.

The “Advanced Operations” manual provides a detailed description of all the


AO software keys active in the different modes.

Freeze and Scrolling Memories


The key freezes the image. The system displays the scroll bar of the
memories, where the images acquired prior to the system being put on freeze are
temporarily saved.

6-4
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

How to Scroll through the Images in Memory


Move the trackball horizontally to scroll through the images one by one. The
scrolling bar shows the trackball position. Use the S T A R T /E N D key to
Trackball icon
automatically move to the start or end of the sequence.

For multiple formats, several scrolling bars are displayed; the ACTION key switches
over from one bar to the other; the trackball scrolls through the images of the
Trackball icon
selected bar.

In freeze the sequence of stored images can be seen in cine mode if the P L A Y key
is active. The sequence can be seen again at different speeds (use the S P E E D key).

The C I N E M O D E key displays the entire contents of the memory (when enabled
on F U L L ) or single cardiac cycles , when the ECG is shown, or seconds intervals
when there is no ECG. Use the trackball to scroll along the bar and display another
cycle/interval. If the option E X T R A C T has been selected, the user can extract from
the archived material a sequence of any desired length, by selecting the initial and
the final frame. Follow the screen instructions to extract the desired sequence.

The single cardiac cycles and the intervals selected through the C I N E MODE key
can be saved by pressing the CLIP key.

The “Advanced Operations” manual provides a detailed description of all the


AO software menu keys active in freeze state.

Exam Review
During the exam, the EXAM REV key enables the operator to review the saved
images and sequences. When the EXAM REV key has been pressed, the trackball
automatically changes over to pointer mode, allowing the operator to scroll
through the thumbnails and select the data item to be reviewed. The software
S C R O L L key enables the operator to scroll through the thumbnails when more
than eight images or sequences have been saved. If there are more than eight saved
images and clips, the P A G E sofware key allows the operator to quickly scroll the
thumbnails: the next eight thumbnails are displayed when the key is pressed.

6-5
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

The selected image or sequence is presented on the screen. Clips are presented in
cine mode: the P L A Y key disables the kinetic presentation and enables the operator
to scroll through the sequence image-by-image with the trackball.

Note

Images are usually compressed, with minimal loss of information.


Please see the Technical Specifications section in Chapter 11 for
more information.

The key A T T A C H attaches the selected image to the report: in this case the letter
“A” is displayed in the bottom left part of the screen, whenever the user reviews an
image attached to the report.

Image Clearing To clear a saved image or sequence, select the thumbnails by highlighting the
corresponding box and press the D E L E T E key.

The E X P O R T key is used to export all selected images or sequences to an outside


medium.

In Exam revision single cardiac cycles and intervals selected thorugh the CINE
MODE key can be saved as clip by pressing the corresponding key.

Annotations
If any of the alphanumeric keys are pressed during the exam, this automatically
activates the input of text. All writing operations are managed by the alphanumeric
keyboard and trackball, the latter being used to position the cursor.

AO The key provides access to a user-settable glossary. The “Advanced


Operations” manual describes how to create and use the glossary.

6-6
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

System Shut Down


This is a PC based system; data loss or driver damage may occur if the
C A U T I O N
system is turned off while working.

It is MANDATORY that the operator interrupts any pending PC operation


prior to turning the system off. Make sure that no heading archival system
icon has a flashing yellow frame.

Once the operation has been completed, press the keyboard ON/OFF button to
turn the system off.

Note

If the system isn’t correctly shut down, a message will be shown at


next switching on.

6-7
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

6-8
7
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
Chapter

7 - Measurements and
Calculations
This chapter describes how to access the generic measurements and the specific
calculation packages of the applications.

General Information
Measurements can be made on frozen, stored and archived images. The available
measurements are shown to the right of the image. The messages displayed on the
screen guide the operator through the stages, facilitating measurement execution.
The results are shown to the left of the image.

Clips are compressed for digital storage. Compressed files involve a minimal loss
of information (see Technical Specifications Chapter 11). The Compression
algorithm used by M y L a b ensures the preservation of the image features for the
reporting functions.

This symbol is displayed on the screen when the image features, compared to the
W A R N I N G
original one, may not be optimal for the reporting functions.

To select the views and the positioning of the cursors, Esaote urges the
operator to act according to current medical practice and the instructions of
specialists on this subject.

Note

Always enlarge the format to maximize the structure/signal to be


measured.

If possible, use the full screen formats for M-Mode and Doppler
measurements.

The system cannot be used to measure images with ambiguous


calibrations. An error message is shown on such images when the
measurement is made. Measurements on QUAD formats cannot be
made.

7-1
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Generic Measurements
The generic measurements feature allows the user to make rapid measurements,
for example: distance, area, time and speed.

The key activates the generic measurements menu. The system displays the
list of available measurements, which are automatically identified according to the
active mode and application. The software M E A S U R E key is used for rapid
selection of the required measurement. The measurement shown in yellow is
immediately operational.

Following the instructions displayed on the monitor, position the cursors with the
trackball and confirm the position by pressing ENTER. The UNDO key can be used
to restart a measurement before it has been confirmed. The Back Space deletes
point by point the traced line. The value being measured is displayed in Real Time
on the left side of the image.

Selective Deletion • Activate the trackball as a pointer by pressing .


of a Measurement
• Position the pointer on the measurement to be deleted (the
measurement is shown in yellow).
• Press the C L E A R key to delete the measurement.
• Press again to return to the measurements menu.
The C L E A R A L L key deletes all measurement cursors and the values shown in the
measurements field from the screen.

The “Advanced Operations” manual provides a detailed description of the generic


AO measurements available in every application.

Specific Calculation Packages


The specific calculation packages are based on the measurements to be executed
on identified anatomical structures.

To access the specific calculations, press the MEASURE. key. The system
automatically identifies the calculations package according to the selected mode
and application.

The list of executable measurements is shown on the right side of the screen. The
measurements are arranged in groups (identified by the symbol ), which
correspond to specific anatomical structures. Each group includes the
measurements executable in that structure. To display the measurements included
in a group, position the trackball on the group and press the E X P A N D key.

Executed measurements are marked by the symbol 9.

7-2
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

How to Select a • Freeze the image and press .


Measurement
• Using the trackball, select the required group (the selected group is
displayed in yellow).
• To proceed with the entire measurement sequence specified by the
group, press ENTER over the selected group.
• To make a specific measurement press E X P A N D , select the required
measurement with the trackball, and press ENTER.
The system displays - at the bottom of the screen - the image with the operating
instructions for making the selected measurement. The trackball is used to position
the measurements cursors, while ENTER is used to confirm positioning when
prompted by the instructions.

To delete a specific unconfirmed measurement follow the instructions provided


for the generic measurements.

The ACTION key allows to interrupt the active measure and select a different group..

The “Advanced Operations” manual provides a detailed description of the specific


AO measurements available in each application.

7-3
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

7-4
8
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
Chapter

8 - Exams Archive
This chapter describes how to archive images and to access the relevant archive.

Archive Icons
When the system accesses the archive, the relevant archive icons are shown on the
right of the heading bar. The active icon is displayed on a dark background, while
the icons that can be activated are shown over a blue background. Icons shown in
grey are inactive.

To activate the function, locate the trackball over the required icon and press .

Data Archival
MyLab has an internal hard disk in which the exams can be archived (local archive).
The data can be saved on external supports and on DICOM® format (for systems
having a DICOM license), and exported in BMP format or AVI format (see
specification for codec information). Exported data cannot be reviewed by the
system.

The and keys save single images (with full resolution) and image
sequences (in compressed format). When the CLIP key is pressed, the system stores
sequences of a preset duration, which can be set from the System Menu (see
“Advanced Operations” manual). Data is compressed with a minimum loss of
information, with a maximum frame rate of about 25 images.

Note

Digital data storage is typically slower than the ultrasound frame rate;
the clip frame rate may therefore be lower than the original one. A
Warning message is displayed if the archival frame rate drops below 20
fps, as it may occur if multiple tasks (example: burning a CD and
saving new clips) are concurrently working.

8-1
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Archiving the During an exam, the images are temporarily stored on the system's hard disk. The
Exam exam ends as soon as the START END key is pressed. The system shows the window
of the exam end, which enables the operator to select the required format(DICOM
with the DICOM option; BMP or AVI with the EXPORT option; native format with
the ARCHIVE option) and the final archival support. The same window allows to
enable the storing of the report (in XML format) on a selectable external medium.

When the exam is archived on Cdor DVD in DICOM format, the Biopacs Lite1
viewer is automatically enclosed in the CD or DVD. In this way the exam can be
reviewed in any PC.

Before archival, the patient's data can be made anonymous.

Archival Procedure • If necessary, use the trackball to enable archival and export of the exam
• Select the required supports.
• Locate the cursor on OK and press to confirm.
While data are being saved, the icon for the relevant destination support is outlined
by a yellow flashing frame. The frame disappears when the operation ends.

Do not switch off the system nor remove the archiving medium while data is
C A U T I O N
being saved (yellow flashing frame on the destination support). The data and
the hard disk could be damaged. If necessary, you may run the Shut Down
procedure to interrupt and safely power off the system.

If no option is selected, all stored data will be deleted.

1 Biopacs Lite is an Esaote DICOM viewer .

8-2
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Review of Archived Exams


The operator can reload and review the patient's exams. The images can be reloaded
and a specific exam can be reviewed for each patient.

This key displays the following page.


The image shows the
archive consultation
window. The relevant
icons are shown at
top right.

The system displays the list of archived exams and enables the operator to
selectively choose the exams to be reviewed, setting query criteria such as the
patient’s first name, the application and the exam date.

The R E S E T key • Use the trackball and alphanumeric keyboard to input the search criteria.
deletes the set search
criteria. • Locate the pointer on QUERY and press to activate the search.
At the end of the search, a list of the exams within the set criteria is presented on the
screen. The S C R O L L key enables the operator to scroll inside the list and select the
specific exam. To select several exams, use the trackball to position the cursor and
press the Ctrl and keys simultaneously.

After selecting, activate the archive display icon to access the data. The list of
selected exams is displayed on the right of the screen next to the thumbnails. Use
Archive display icon the trackball to locate the cursor on the required exam and press to confirm.

The system is in exam review status, and, therefore, the same instructions apply.

The Advanced Operations manual provides a detailed description of the possible


AO operations and of the active software keys.

8-3
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

End of Archive Review


The or key closes the archive review session and reactivates real-time.
The review session can also be closed by pressing . In this case, all the open
exams will be closed before starting on a new patient.

Archival Media Management


When the trackball is operating as a pointer, it is possible to determine the space
available in the archive. If the pointer is positioned on the specific icon, the system
displays the remaining available memory space.

The operator can also control the data transfer operations. Locate the cursor on the
icon of the specific support and press .

The displayed interactive window enables the operator to follow the operation.

The crossed out icon indicates management problems of the specific archival
support. The interactive window allows the operator to understand which operation
has failed, and, if necessary, to repeat (RETRY) or cancel the failed operation.

Do not switch off the system nor remove the archiving medium while data
C A U T I O N
are being saved ( yellow flashing frame on the destination support). The data
and the hard disk could be damaged. If necessary, you may run the Shut
Down procedure to interrupt and safely power off the system.

Writable CDs
Empty disks must be used. If the CD contains data, the system will not allow
writing and shows the following message:

8-4
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Rewritable CDs
Rewritable CDs may be used for archiving data providing such CDs are empty.

The system allows the deletion of data stored on rewritable CDs. Locate the cursor
on the CD icon and press . The system displays the CD management menu:
CD icon select "ERASE DEVICE" and press .

Rewritable DVDs
Empty single-layer DVDs must be used; if the DVD already contains some data,
the system won’t allow to burn them .

USB Pen Keys


The USB pen keys are managed in multi-sessions. Data can be added to data already
on the device.

8-5
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

8-6
9
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
Chapter

9 - System Menu
This chapter describes how to set and configure the system.

Configuration Menu
The MENU key provides access to the system menu. The key can be pressed both in
any environment. The system displays the available options.

Some menu options are arranged in groups (identified by the symbol ). To


display the options included in a group, position the cursor on the group and press
the ENTER key.

• Select the option with the trackball.


• Press ENTER to continue.

General Preset
The available options are internally organized in folders. To access the individual
folders, position the trackball on the required folder and press ENTER.

Parameter Setting • Position the trackball on the field to be altered and press ENTER to
confirm.
• Use the alphanumeric keyboard to type in characters.
• In the window menus, select the option and press ENTER to confirm.
• Press OK to confirm.
The Tab ' key is used to move quickly from field to field; the Pgup c and Pgdn d
keys open the window menus and scroll among the relevant options. After the
modifications have been confirmed, the system displays the following message:

9-1
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Date/Time
Date/Time enables the operator to change the date and time, and to select the
required data and time formats (12 or 24 hour).

Center
Center is used for inputting the name of the hospital/clinic, which will then be
shown on the screen.

Video
Video is used for selecting the required video standard (PAL or NTSC) and the
video signal (S-VHS or VHS).

Measure Units
The temperature scale can be set to Celsius or Fahrenheit. It is also possible to set
measure units for height and weight.

Cine
The option allows the user to define the default size of the memory to be used for
sequences and to set the default speed.

Archival
When set to auto, the unit automatically saves the exam, per user preset, at the end
of the exam without displaying the end exam window.

Trackball
The menu allows the user to set the functioning mode of the trackball left key. The
key can be configured as the enter key (ENTER) or as the context menu key (UNDO).

Other
The option allows to define whether the frame rate shall be displayed.

Application Preset
This option allows to modify and save both the gray map used in the active
application and the configurable parameters of the XView algorythm.

User Preset
This procedure allows the user to create a new preset (ADD option), and to modify
(EDIT option) or cancel and existing one (CLEAR option) forstandard applications.
The set presets can be selected on the page allowing the exam start or with the
PRESET button.

Parameter Setting
The menu is organized into one general folder four mode folders and till four
probe folders.

9-2
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

General Folder With the General Folder menu, the operator can assign a name to the new preset
and associate a new application with it from among the available applications. The
operator can set general parameters such as the display of the ECG trace, clips
duration, and the final archival support for the exam.

Mode Folders Each mode (B-Mode, CFM, M-Mode and Doppler) has a specific folder, where
different parameters can be set.

To save the settings, press SAVE: the set presets will become operable when the
system is next powered up. The CLOSE key closes the menu without saving any
modifications that have been made.

The factory presets for the required application (FACTORY SETTINGS key) can be
set from the same window.

Probe Folders For the active preset the system allows to configure four probes. Each probe can
be individually configured. As soon as a probe has been selected, the system shows
its parameters.

Parameters are gourped in three settigns types: power values, other parameters
(number of transmission focuses, 2D sector size etc) and gains.

To save the settings, press SAVE: the set presets will become operable when the
system is next powered up. The CLOSE key closes the menu without saving any
modifications that may have been made.

The "Advanced Operations" manual provides a detailed description of which


AO parameters can be set in the individual modes.

Tools Preset
This option allows to modify the labels used in Stress Echo to identify the single
views, to set Stress and CnTI protocols, and to configure the 3D display profiles.

Report Customization
MyLab offers different menus allowing configuration of the desired report. The
following table lists the available setting options ( key):

Option Setting
Report Header Headers setting
Report Print Layout Selection of data to be printed.
Edit Report Observations Observations setting.
Report Print Layout Selection of the template.

9-3
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

This option allows the user to choose which data must be inserted into the report,
to create a glossary for use when writing the report, or to customize the print
layout.

The “System Menu” section of the "Advanced Operations" manual details how to
AO configure the report.

Application Measurements
This option allows configuration of the available measurement packages by using
the key. MyLab allows programming of different packages for each
application. For each measurement group, a description may be entered and the
derived measurement enable.

The "Advanced Operations" manual provides a detailed description on how to


AO optimally configure the measurements package.

Generic Measurements
This option allows to program the generic measurements available for each
application.

Glossary
When in annotation mode, the system allows the user to enter pre-existing
sentences or words. Through this option, applications libraries of words can be
created.

The "Advanced Operations" manual provides a detailed description on how to


AO optimally configure the application glossary.

Peripherals
The system can remotely control (with keys 1 and 2) recording by VTR (for specific
models) and printing (in B&W and color).

The menu also enables the operator to select the required print format. The set
printing format icon is displayed next to the relevant printer symbol, in the heading
bar.

Do not switch the system off until the printing stage has been completed.
C A U T I O N

9-4
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Network Drives Configuration


Allows to configure one network drive to be used as archive.

Dicom Configuration
This option allows configuration of the Dicom servers and printers to which the
MyLab is connected.

Save & Load Presets


This option allows the user to save the user presets and reload them when desired.

Security
This option allows to define the list of users allowed to work on the system: in this
case the access to the system can occur only through a log in procedure, by
entering a password.

Service
This option is strictly for service use and its details are provided in the system
Service Manual.

System Configuration
This option displays the system's hardware and software configuration. If a demo
license is installed, it is possible to control its expiration date in the corresponding
folder.

Licenses
The license number can be input from this option. The license becomes functional
at the next power up..

Shut Down
This option allows to shut down the system. This procedure can be used as an
alternative to pressing the STARTEND key .

AO More detailed information is provided in the "Advanced Operations" manual.

9-5
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

9-6
10
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
Chapter

10 - System
Maintenance
This chapter describes the system's main maintenance operations.

Cleaning of System and Peripheral Units


Periodic cleaning of the system and any connected peripheral units is important.
Peripherals may contain dust on sensitive parts, the reliability of which could be
compromised in the event of poor maintenance.

To clean the peripheral units, follow the instructions supplied by the manufacturer.

Turn off the system before any cleaning operation.


W A R N I N G

Cleaning the To clean the system, use a soft cloth slightly dampened with water. If necessary,
system apply a small amount of ammonia- and alcohol-free, not abrasive detergent onto a
clean, soft cloth and then wipe the surface. Switch the system off and rub the
outside with the cloth.

Make sure that the detergent has completely evaporated before turning on
W A R N I N G
the equipment.

Do not use any type of ammonia-, alcohol- or benzene-based cleaners on


C A U T I O N
the case.

Trackball The trackball can be accessed by dismantling the keyboard group. Contact Esaote
personnel if cleaning is necessary.

Cleaning the Probe Probe and gel holders are easily removed from their location for cleaning and can
and Gel Holders be washed in a mild soap solution. Make sure they are completely dry prior to
replacing them.

To clean the transducers, refer to the "Transducers and Consumables"


TC manual.

Monitor and LCD To clean the monitor or the LCD, switch the unit off from the rear main switch.
Never spray or pour any liquid directly onto the screen or case.

10-1
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Overspray or liquid may cause electrical shock.


W A R N I N G

Gently wipe the screen with a slightly dump (not wet) soft cloth to remove
dust and other particulate matter.
To clean the screen or
the LCD
If necessary, apply a small amount of ammonia- and alcohol-free glass
cleaner onto a clean, soft cloth and then wipe the surface.
To clean the case Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe the surface of the case.

If necessary, apply a small amount of ammonia- and alcohol-free, not


abrasive detergent onto a clean, soft cloth and then wipe the surface.

Do not use any type of ammonia-, alcohol- or benzene-based cleaners on


C A U T I O N
the monitor’s screen and case.

10-2
11
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
Chapter

11 - Technical
Specifications
This chapter describes the technical specifications1 of the MyLab product.

AO Note

Special packages (such as Stress Echo) are listed and described in the
specific sections of the Advanced Operations manual.

MyLab50 Configuration
Basic MyLab50 basic configuration consists of an imaging system licensed for one or
Configuration more of the following applications:

License Application Features


Cardiac Cardiac, Cardiac Pediatric Presets, Calculations, ECG
Vascular Peripheral Vascular, Adult Presets, Calculations
Cephalic
General Imaging Abdomen, Pediatric, Presets, Calculations
Muscolo-Skeletal, Breast,
Small Parts, Thyroid
Breast Breast Presets, Calculations
Thyroid Thyroid Presets, Calculations
Musculo-Skeletal Muscolo-Skeletal Presets, Calculations
Urology Urology Presets, Calculations
Obstetric Obstetric, Fetal, Presets, Calculations
Gynaecologic
Specific licenses are required for probes management. MyLab50 basic configuration
can store and export (BMP format) still frames only.

Optional Modes The system can be licensed for the following additional modes:

1 The specifications can be modified without prior notice.

11-1
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

License Feature Note


Doppler PW and CW Doppler CW Probe dependent
CFM Colour and Power Doppler Doppler license required
TEI TEI Probe dependent
TVM TVM Cardiac and CFM licenses
required; probe dependent
CMM Compass M-Mode Cardiac license required;
Probe dependent
Optional Features The following features are optional:

License Feature
Clip Clip digital storage
Stress Stress Echo
XView XView algorithm
DICOM DICOM classes
CnTI Contrast
V-Pan Panoramic View
3D/4D 3D and 4D
Xstrain Strain and Strain Rate
Probes Licenses The following table summarizes licenses requirements:
Refer to the next License Feature
pages for probes types Phased Array License Necessary for Phased Array , TEE022 and TE122
probes management
Linear and HF License Necessary for Linear Array, Intraoperative,
Laparoscopic and CA123 probes management
Convex License Necessary for Convex Array, EC123 and BC431
probes management
Doppler probes do not require any specific license.

MyLab50CV Configuration
Basic MyLab50CV basic configuration consists in the CFM system licensed for the
Configuration following application:

License Application Features


Cardiac Cardiac, Cardiac Pediatric Presets, Calculations, ECG
Basic system manages Phase Array (PA) probes. MyLab50CV basic configuration
can store and export (BMP format) still frames only.

Optional MyLab50CV can be equipped with one or more of the following applications:
Applications
License Application Features
Vascular Peripheral Vascular, Adult Presets, Calculations
cephalic
General Imaging Abdomen, Pediatric, Presets, Calculations
Muscolo-Skeletal, Breast,
Small Parts, Thyroid
Breast Breast Presets, Calculations
Thyroid Thyroid Presets, Calculations
Musculo-Skeletal Muscolo-Skeletal Presets, Calculations

11-2
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

License Application Features


Urology Urology Presets, Calculations
Obstetrics Obstetric, Fetal, Presets, Calculations
Gynaecologic
Optional Modes The system can be licensed for the following additional modes:

License Feature Note


TEI TEI Probe dependent
TVM TVM Probe dependent
CMM Compass M-Mode Probe dependent

Optional Features The following features are optional:

License Feature
Clip Clip digital storage
XView XView algorithm
Stress Stress Echo
DICOM DICOM classes
CnTI Contrast
V-Pan Panoramic View
3D/4D 3D and 4D
XStrain Strain and Strain rate

Probes Licenses The following table summarizes licenses requirements:


Refer to the next License Feature
pages for probes types Linear and HF License Necessary for Linear Array, Intraoperative,
Laparoscopic and CA123 probes management
Convex License Necessary for Convex Array, EC123 and BC431
probes management
Doppler probes do not require any specific license.

MyLab50XVsion Configuration
Basic MyLab50XVision basic configuration consists of an imaging system. The system can
Configuration store and export (BMP format) still frames only .

Optional The system can be integrated with one or more of the following applications:
Applications
License Application Features
Cardiac Cardiac, Cardiac Pediatric Presets, Calculations, ECG
Vascular Peripheral Vascular, Adult Presets, Calculations
Cephalic
General Imaging Abdomen, Pediatric, Presets, Calculations
Muscolo-Skeletal, Breast,
Small Parts, Thyroid
Breast Breast Presets, Calculations
Thyroid Thyroid Presets, Calculations
Musculo-Skeletal Muscolo-Skeletal Presets, Calculations
Urology Urology Presets, Calculations

11-3
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

License Application Features


Obstetric Obstetric, Fetal, Presets, Calculations
Gynaecologic
Probes Licenses Specific licenses are required for probes management.
Refer to the next License Feature
pages for probes types Phased Array License Necessary for Phased Array, TEE022 and TE122
management
Linear and HF License Necessary for Linear Array, Intraoperative,
Laparoscopic and CA123 probes management
Convex License Necessary for Convex Array, EC123 and BC431
probes management
Doppler probes do not require any specific license.

Optional Modes The system can be licensed for the following additional modes:

License Feature Note


Doppler PW and CW Doppler CW Probe dependent
CFM Colour and Power Doppler Doppler license required
TEI TEI Probe dependent
TVM TVM Cardiac and CFM licenses
required; probe dependent
CMM Compass M-Mode Cardiac license required;
Probe dependent
Optional Features The following features are optional:

License Feature
Clip Clip digital storage
XView XView algorithm
Stress Stress Echo
DICOM DICOM classes
CnTI Contrast
V-Pan Panoramic View
3D/4D 3D and 4D
Xstrain Strain and Strain Rate

MyLab Technical Specifications


This section describes the product when fully loaded with all options; refer to
previous paragraphs for basic configurations.

General Control Panel Assembly


• Lateral orientation: ± 45° in working position; ± 180° for transportation
• Vertical movement: ± 7 cm.

Display
• CRT 17” SVGA (MyLab50 and MyLab50CV)
• LCD 19” XVGA (MyLab50XVision)

Probe connectors
• 3 electronic probes
• 1 Doppler probe

11-4
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Video I/O
• XVGA output (display)
• XVGA output (auxiliary display)
• S-VHS I/O
• VHS Input
• VHS B/W output
• RGB (TV standard)
• Video standard
• PAL / NTSC (software controlled)

Connectivity
• I/Os connectors
• Serial RS-232
• LAN RJ45
• 4 USB
• Dedicated connectors
• Audio I/O (stereo)
• ECG input
• Foot switch
• External trigger input
• Auxiliary input
• Others
• Laser/Ink-jet printers
• Complying with IHE integration profiles4

Image Files
• Formats
• Standard output file formats (BMP, AVI)
• Native and DICOM formats
• Clips characteristics
• AVI Codec: Microsoft® MPEG4-V2
• Compression: JPEG lossy compression (approximately 70% of quality)
• Frame rate: about 25 fps max.
• Still frames / BMPs are stored at full resolution
• Triggered acquisition
• Graphic overlays
• Reports

Software
• Operating system: WIN XP Embedded
• Multi-lingual

Biometry
• Basic and advanced calculation, application dependent
• Annotations, Body Marks

Keyboard
• Echografic
• Sliders for TGC
• Encoders for general gains
• Keys for modes, peripherals management and controls

4 For more information please refer to www.esaote.com

11-5
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Power Cables
• Power cable with CEE socket
• Socket type and amperage: EN60320/C19 type; 16A-250V
• Plug: VII (7) VII type; 16A-250V
• Conductors: 3
• Section: 1,5 mm2
• Length: 2,5 m
• Power with CEI socket
• Socket type and amperage: EN60320/C19 type; 16A-250V
• Plug: I/3/16 type; 16A-250V
• Conductors: 3
• Section: 1,5 mm2
• Length: 2,5 m
• Power with NEMA socket
• Socket type and amperage: EN60320/C19 type; 15A-250V
• Plug: NEMA-15 type; 15A-250V
• Conductors: 3
• Section: AWG 14
• Length: 2,5 m

Dimensions
• approximately 63 (w) x 143÷150 (h) x 102 (d) cm in working position
• approximately 63 (w) x 143 (h) x 90 (d) cm when being transported

Weight
• approximately 100 kg

Power supply
• Voltage operative range
• 100 ÷ 120V
• 200 ÷ 240 V
• Voltage limit range
• 90 ÷ 132V
• 180 ÷ 264 V
• Mains frequency: 45 ÷ 65 Hz
• Power consumption: ≤ 1000 VA
• Available power on peripherals: up to 600 VA

Operating requirements
• Temperature: 15÷35°C
• Humidity: 15÷95 % (not condensing)
• Pressure: 700÷1060 hPa

Storage requirements
• Temperature: -20 ÷ +60°C
• Humidity: 5÷95 % (not condensing)
• Pressure: 700÷1060 hPa

Safety Standards
• EN 60601-1
• EN 60601-1-1
• EN 60601-1-2
• EN 60601-1-4
• EN ISO 10993-1
• EN 60601-2-37
• EN 61157
• AIUM / NEMA UD-2 / UD-3 – FDA 510(k) Track 3

11-6
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Probes

Phased Array Probes


Probe ID
PA230
PA121
PA122
PA023

Linear Array Probes


Probe ID
LA522
LA523
LA532
LA435
LA424

Convex Array Probes


Probe ID
CA430
CA421
CA1421
CA431
CA621
CA631
CA123

Speciality Probes
Probe ID
TEE022
TEE122
EC123
E8-5
IOE323
LP323*
BC431
*not for the U.S. market

Doppler Probes
Probe ID
2CW
5CW

11-7
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

System Accessories
ECG Cables and consumables are listed in the “Transducers and Consumables”
Manual. The MyLab can be equipped with a foot-switch (Reference: 9102756000).

Video Requirements
RGB Printer • Input: RGB SYNC
• RGB (analog): 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohm
• SYNC : 5 Vp-p
• Connectors: standard BNC
• Safety standard: IEC 950 o EN60601-1

b/w Printer • Input: Video composite (1 Vp-p, 75 ohm)


• Connectors: standard BNC
• Safety standard: IEC 950 o EN60601-1

VTR • I/O video: YC


• Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohm
• C: 0.3 Vp-p Color burst, 75 ohm
• Tape format: VHS, S-VHS
• Audio traces: 2
• Connectors:
• Video: 4 pin connector
• Audio: jack
• Safety standard: IEC 650 o EN60601-1

11-8
A
– G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
Appendix
M y L a b 5 0

Appendix A - Acoustic
Output Tables
Acoustic Output Data according to FDA
This section includes the acoustic output tables for each probe and mode of operation (tables
structure and measurements precision according to the document “Information for Manufacturers
Seeking Marketing Clearance of Diagnostic Ultrasound Systems and Transducers” issued by the
FDA on september 30, 1997).

Summary Table
For transducer/mode combinations marked "yes", MI or TI index is equal or greater than 1.0.

Mode PA230 PA121 PA122 PA023 LA522 LA523 IOE323/L 2CW 5CW
P323
B/M Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes N/A N/A
TEI (B/M) Yes Yes N/A N/A Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A
CFM (B/M) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes N/A N/A
PW Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes N/A N/A
CW Yes Yes Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A Yes Yes
CnTI Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Mode LA424 LA532 CA421 CA621 CA430 CA123 EC123 TE022 TE122
B/M Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
TEI (B/M) N/A Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes
CFM (B/M) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
PW Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
CnTI N/A No N/A N/A No N/A N/A N/A N/A

Mode LA435 BC431 CA431 CA631 CA1421 E8-5


B/M Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
TEI (B/M) N/A Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
CFM (B/M) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
PW Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
CW N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
CnTI N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

A-1
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: 2CW Operating Mode: CW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value <1 a 1.1 <1 4.4 b
Pr.3 (MPa) #
Wo (mW) 116 116
min of (cm) #
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) #
Assoc. Zbp (cm) #
Acoustic Zsp (cm) # 2.9
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) # 2 # 2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0 # 0
Y (cm) 0 # 0
PD (mSec) #
PRF (kHz) #
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) #
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 3.3 #
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) #
Mode CW CW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2 2
Control Focus 1 1
Conditions PRF (kHz)
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason listed.

A-2
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: 5CW Operating Mode: CW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value <1 a <1 - 2.7 b
Pr.3 (MPa) #
Wo (mW) # 33
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) # 0.3
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) # # - 5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 0
Y (cm) # - 0
PD (mSec) #
PRF (kHz) #
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) #
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) #
Mode CW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5
Control Focus 1
Conditions PRF (kHz)
Power Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-3
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: BC431 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 3.2 2.3 2.3 3.1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.8
Wo (mW) 212 152 170
min of (cm) 73
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 1.8
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.8
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 3.2 1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.9
fc (MHz) 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.3 1.1 1.3 1.3
Y (cm) 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
PD (mSec) 0.58
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.8
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.6
Focal Length (cm) 4.8 3.8 4.8
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 259
Mode M B M M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Control Focus 5 8 6 8 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.6 3.9 5.6 3.9 3.9
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason listed.

A-4
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: BC431 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 2.2 1.5 1.5 3.2 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.7
Wo (mW) 143 103 77
min of (cm) 102
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 1.8
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.8
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1 2.9
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 2.6
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.3 1.1 1.3 1
Y (cm) 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
PD (mSec) 0.56
PRF (kHz) 0.5
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.1
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 4.8 3.8 4.8
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 231
Mode(Smooth) M B(Lo) M M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 2.5
Control Focus 2 8 6 8 5
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.5 4.2 5.6 4.2 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-5
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: BC431 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 2.4 1.7 1.9 3.2 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.6
Wo (mW) 191 137 118
min of (cm) 74
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 1.8
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.8
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 3.1 2.9
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.6 2.5 2.6 2.5 2.6
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.2 1.1 1.3 1
Y (cm) 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
PD (mSec) 0.74
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.1
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 4.2 3.7 4.5
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 191
Mode B-TEI B-TEI M-TEI M-TEI M-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) PEN PEN PEN PEN PEN
Control Focus 5 7 6 8 5
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.6 4.8 5.6 3.9 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-6
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: BC431 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a 2.1 2.2 4.1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.5
Wo (mW) 139 160
min of (cm) 70
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 1.8
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.8
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 3.4 3.7
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.5
fc (MHz) 2.6 3.2 3.1 2.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.1 1.3 1.2
Y (cm) 0.9 0.9 0.9
PD (mSec) 0.74
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.1
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 3.8 4.8
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 181
Mode PW-B-CFM PW-B-CFM PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 3.3 3.3 2.5
Control Sample Depth (mm) 73 109 138 108
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2 2
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-7
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA123 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 <1 <1 - 1.3 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.2
Wo (mW) # # 24
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.4 1.8
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 4.8 # # - 4.8
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - 0.6
Y (cm) # # - 0.4
PD (mSec) 0.67
PRF (kHz) 4.4
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.5
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 209
Mode B M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5
Control Focus 3 5
Conditions PRF (kHz) 4.4 5.6
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason listed.

A-8
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA123 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 <1 <1 - 1.2 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.4
Wo (mW) # # 10
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.5 1.2
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.1
fc (MHz) 4.9 # # - 4.8
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - 0.5
Y (cm) # # - 0.4
PD (mSec) 0.79
PRF (kHz) 2.8
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.1
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 329
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5
Control Focus 4 3
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.3 5.6
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-9
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA123 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.1 <1 <1 - <1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.3
Wo (mW) # # #
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.1 #
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) 4.4 # # - #
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - #
Y (cm) # # - #
PD (mSec) 0.62
PRF (kHz) 4.4
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.6
Information deq@PIImax (cm) #
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 141
Mode B-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) PEN
Control Focus 2
Conditions PRF (kHz) 4.4
Power Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-10
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA123 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a <1 - 1.9 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.7
Wo (mW) # 33
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.4 1.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.3
fc (MHz) 5.9 # - 4.9
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 0.7
Y (cm) # - 0.4
PD (mSec) 0.44
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.8
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 480
Mode PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 6.6 5
Control Sample Depth (mm) 13 45
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-11
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA1421 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.3 1.8 1.3 1.6 3.2 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.2
Wo (mW) 151 107 149
min of (cm) 59
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.4
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.9
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.2 4
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.1 0.8 1.1 1.1
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 0.84
PRF (kHz) 2
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.1
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 4.2 3.7 4.2
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 144
Mode B B M M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Control Focus 6 6 4 6 6
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-12
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA1421 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 2.6 1.1 1.7 3.3 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.7
Wo (mW) 191 80 82
min of (cm) 128
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.1
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.2 1.3
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.5
fc (MHz) 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.3 0.7 1.3 0.5
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 0.92
PRF (kHz) 2.8
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.8
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 5.3 3.8 5.3
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 228
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) B(Hi) M M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.5
Control Focus 6 8 3 8 2
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.3 4.8 5.6 4.8 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-13
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA1421 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.3 1.8 1.3 1.6 3.3 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.2
Wo (mW) 151 107 151
min of (cm) 60
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.4
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.9
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.2 4
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.1 0.8 1.1 1.1
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 0.84
PRF (kHz) 2
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.1
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 4.2 3.7 4.2
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 144
Mode B-TEI B-TEI M-TEI M-TEI M-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) GEN GEN GEN GEN GEN
Control Focus 6 6 4 6 6
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-14
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA1421 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a 1.6 2.2 3.4 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.8
Wo (mW) 119 77
min of (cm) 78
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.1
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 3.9 1.3
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.5
fc (MHz) 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.7 1.3 0.5
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 0.73
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.6
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 3.8 5.3
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 211
Mode PW-B-CFM PW-B-CFM PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.5
Control Sample Depth (mm) 75 42 150 25
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2 2
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-15
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA421 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.4 2.8 1.8 2.4 3.6 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.4
Wo (mW) 200 114 200
min of (cm) 75
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.5
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.9
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.8 4.5
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.9 2.9 3 3 3
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.1 0.8 1.1 1.1
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 0.64
PRF (kHz) 2
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.8
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 4.8 3.9 4.8
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 190
Mode B B M M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Control Focus 6 6 4 6 6
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-16
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA421 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.4 4.5 1.7 1.8 3.5 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.3
Wo (mW) 292 118 140
min of (cm) 126
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 1.9
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.9
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.9 4.2
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.5 3.2 3 2.9 3
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.3 0.8 1.1 1
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 1.78
PRF (kHz) 1
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.2
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 5.5 4 4.8
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 178
Mode(Smooth) B(Hi) B(Hi) M M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
Control Focus 8 8 4 6 5
Conditions PRF (kHz) 1 4.2 5.6 4.2 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-17
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA421 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.1 <1 <1 <1 1.5 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 1.4
Wo (mW) # # 76
min of (cm) #
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) #
Assoc. Zbp (cm) #
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.6 4
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.5
fc (MHz) 2.1 # # # 2.1
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # # 1.2
Y (cm) # # # 1.2
PD (mSec) 1.12
PRF (kHz) 2
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 1.8
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) # # #
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 58
Mode B-TEI M-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) RES RES
Control Focus 6 7
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2 4.8
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-18
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA421 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.4 a 2.4 2.2 4.4 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.3
Wo (mW) 138 138
min of (cm) 147
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.2
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.1
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4 2.2
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.5
fc (MHz) 2.5 3.2 3.2 3.2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.7 1.3 0.7
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 0.83
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 4.5 5.8
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 163
Mode PW-B-CFM PW PW PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 3.3 3.3 3.3
Control Sample Depth (mm) 68 44 135 44
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2 2
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-19
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA430 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.3 1.7 <1 1.6 3.2 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2
Wo (mW) 134 # 140
min of (cm) 59
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.1
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.1
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 3 3.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.1 2.1 # 2.1 2.1
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.3 # 1.3 1
Y (cm) 1.2 # 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 0.8
PRF (kHz) 2
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.4
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 4.6 # 4.6
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 151
Mode B B M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Control Focus 4 8 8 5
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2 4.2 4.2 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-20
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA430 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 3.3 <1 1.5 4.6 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.4
Wo (mW) 260 # 161
min of (cm) 143
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.1
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4 4
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.5
fc (MHz) 2.3 2.4 # 2.2 1.9
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.3 # 1.3 1.3
Y (cm) 1.2 # 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 1.15
PRF (kHz) 5.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.1
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 5.2 # 5.2
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 104
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) B(Hi) M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2
Control Focus 6 8 8 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 5.6 4.8 4.2 4.2
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-21
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA430 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 2.3 1.2 2.1 4.8 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.2
Wo (mW) 211 139 270
min of (cm) 120
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.1
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.1
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.5 3.7
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.6
fc (MHz) 2 2 1.7 1.7 1.7
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.2 0.8 1.3 1.3
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 1.03
PRF (kHz) 4.2
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.8
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 4.5 2.6 4.2
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 139
Mode M-TEI B-TEI M-TEI M-TEI M-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) RES RES PEN PEN PEN
Control Focus 8 7 4 8 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 4.2 4.8 5.6 4.2 4.2
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-22
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA430 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a 1.1 1.6 4.1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 1.8
Wo (mW) 114 103
min of (cm) 84
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.1
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.1
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1 3.7
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.5
fc (MHz) 2 1.9 1.9 2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.5 1.3 1.2
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 1.86
PRF (kHz) 2.1
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 1.9
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 2.4 4.5
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 118
Mode PW PW-B-CFM PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2 2 2 2
Control Sample Depth (mm) 14 26 132 112
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2 2
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-23
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA431 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 4.2 2.4 3.6 4.3 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.5
Wo (mW) 235 136 245
min of (cm) 98
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.2 1.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.9
fc (MHz) 2.5 3.7 3.5 3.5 3.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.2 0.7 1.2 1.2
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 0.65
PRF (kHz) 2
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.5
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 5.3 2.9 5.2
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 196
Mode B B M M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 6.6 5 5 5
Control Focus 2 7 3 7 7
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2 4.8 5.6 4.8 4.8
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-24
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA431 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 3.8 1.4 2.8 5 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.6
Wo (mW) 278 118 238
min of (cm) 211
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.1
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.1
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.2 1.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.9
fc (MHz) 2.5 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.3 0.8 1.3 1.2
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 1.02
PRF (kHz) 2.8
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.6
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 5 3.1 5
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 168
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) B(Hi) M M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
Control Focus 2 8 4 8 7
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.3 3.7 5.6 3.7 4.2
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-25
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA431 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 3.5 2.4 3.3 3.2 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.4
Wo (mW) 155 107 165
min of (cm) 63
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 1.9
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.9
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.3 1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 1
fc (MHz) 2.2 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.1
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 0.76
PRF (kHz) 2
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.6
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 4.1 4.1 5
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 146
Mode B-TEI B-TEI M-TEI M-TEI M-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) GEN PEN PEN PEN PEN
Control Focus 7 4 4 6 6
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-26
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA431 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a 2.2 3.1 4.8 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.8
Wo (mW) 171 230
min of (cm) 109
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.1
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.1
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.6 1.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.9
fc (MHz) 2.7 2.8 2.7 2.8
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.8 1.3 1.2
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 0.57
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.7
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 3.1 5
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 202
Mode PW-B-CFM PW-B-CFM PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
Control Sample Depth (mm) 107 64 140 107
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2 2
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-27
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA621 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.3 2 1.2 1.7 2.8 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2
Wo (mW) 168 100 168
min of (cm) 61
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 3
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.2
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.5 5.2
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.4 0.8 1.4 1.4
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 1.06
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.8
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 6.1 4.2 6.1
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 128
Mode M B M M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Control Focus 6 7 4 7 7
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.6 4.8 5.6 4.8 4.8
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-28
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA621 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.3 3.2 1.7 2.2 4.3 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.2
Wo (mW) 204 114 253
min of (cm) 187
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.8
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.4
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.3 3.5
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.7
fc (MHz) 2.5 3.3 3.1 2.4 2.4
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.4 0.7 1.6 1.6
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 2.03
PRF (kHz) 2.8
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 6 4.6 7.3
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 205
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) B(Hi) M M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 3.3 3.3 2.5 2.5
Control Focus 6 7 3 8 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.3 3.3 5.6 4.2 4.2
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-29
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA621 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.3 a 1.9 2.3 3.5 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2
Wo (mW) 132 160
min of (cm) 85
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.8
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.4
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.5 5
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.5 3.1 2.4 2.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.8 1.6 1.4
Y (cm) 1.2 1.2 1.2
PD (mSec) 1.06
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.8
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 4.8 7.5
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 171
Mode PW-B-CFM PW-B-CFM PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 3.3 2.5 2.5
Control Sample Depth (mm) 88 67 106 105
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2 2
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-30
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA631 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.4 1.8 1.1 1.5 1.9 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.3
Wo (mW) 131 77 95
min of (cm) 43
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 3.3
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.7
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.2 4.5
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.6 2.8 2.9 2.8 2.8
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 2 0.7 2 1.2
Y (cm) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
PD (mSec) 0.45
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.1
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) 4.7 4.2 4.7
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 127
Mode B B M M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Control Focus 5 8 3 8 6
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.6 3.9 5.6 3.9 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-31
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA631 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 3.5 1.2 2.1 3.5 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.4
Wo (mW) 225 78 221
min of (cm) 145
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.3
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.3
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.1 4.3
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.7
fc (MHz) 2.5 3.3 3.1 3 2.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.5 0.7 1.5 2
Y (cm) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
PD (mSec) 1.02
PRF (kHz) 2.8
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.4
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.7
Focal Length (cm) 6.1 4.3 6.1
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 220
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) B(Hi) M M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 3.3 3.3 3.3 2.5
Control Focus 5 7 3 7 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.3 4.8 5.6 4.2 3.7
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-32
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA631 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 2.4 1.1 2.1 3.9 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.1
Wo (mW) 250 114 238
min of (cm) 100
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.7
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.7
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.2 4.5
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.5
fc (MHz) 2 2 2 2 2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 2 0.7 2 1.5
Y (cm) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
PD (mSec) 0.98
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.7
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 7.5 4 7.5
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 113
Mode B-TEI B-TEI M-TEI M-TEI M-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) PEN GEN PEN GEN GEN
Control Focus 6 8 3 8 7
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.6 3.9 5.6 3.9 4.8
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-33
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: CA631 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a 1.8 2.7 4.3 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.5
Wo (mW) 118 278
min of (cm) 79
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.3
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.3
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 3.9 4.3
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.7
fc (MHz) 2.5 3.3 3.1 2.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.5 1.5 2
Y (cm) 1.3 1.3 1.3
PD (mSec) 0.76
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.9
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.7
Focal Length (cm) 4.3 6.1
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 175
Mode PW-B-CFM PW PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 3.3 3.3 2.5
Control Sample Depth (mm) 50 28 104 152
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2 2
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-34
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: E8-5R10P Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 1.2 1 - 1.9 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.7
Wo (mW) 48 42 42
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 2.1 0.9
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5.5 5.1 5.1 - 5.1
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.5 0.4 - 0.4
Y (cm) 0.7 0.7 - 0.7
PD (mSec) 0.22
PRF (kHz) 3.9
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 5.3
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) 2.2 2.1 -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 339
Mode B B M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 7.5 5 5 5
Control Focus 5 5 4 4
Conditions PRF (kHz) 3.9 5.6 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-35
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: E8-5R10P Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 1.2 <1 - 1.5 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.5
Wo (mW) 39 # 23
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 2.3 1.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5 6.4 # - 6.1
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.5 # - 0.4
Y (cm) 0.7 # - 0.7
PD (mSec) 0.49
PRF (kHz) 2.1
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 5
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) 2.4 # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 423
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) B(Lo) M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 6.6 6.6
Control Focus 8 7 4
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.1 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-36
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: E8-5R10P Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.4 <1 <1 - 1.5 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3
Wo (mW) # # 12
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 2.3 0.8
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.3
fc (MHz) 4.4 # # - 4.1
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - 0.3
Y (cm) # # - 0.7
PD (mSec) 0.29
PRF (kHz) 3.9
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.2
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 170
Mode B-TEI M-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) RES RES
Control Focus 7 2
Conditions PRF (kHz) 3.9 5.6
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-37
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: E8-5R10P Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a <1 - 1.4 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.6
Wo (mW) # 23
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1 1.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5.1 # - 6.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 0.4
Y (cm) # - 0.7
PD (mSec) 0.31
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.3
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 485
Mode PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 6.6
Control Sample Depth (mm) 20 25
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-38
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: EC123 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 <1 <1 - 1.1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.5
Wo (mW) # # 20
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1 1.2
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5 # # - 5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - 0.5
Y (cm) # # - 0.4
PD (mSec) 0.43
PRF (kHz) 5.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 371
Mode B M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5
Control Focus 3 7
Conditions PRF (kHz) 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-39
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: EC123 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 <1 <1 - 1.2 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.6
Wo (mW) # # 13
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.3 1.2
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5.1 # # - 5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - 0.4
Y (cm) # # - 0.4
PD (mSec) 0.52
PRF (kHz) 2.8
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.9
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.1
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 393
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5
Control Focus 2 6
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.3 5.6
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-40
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: EC123 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a <1 - 1.6 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.6
Wo (mW) # 21
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.3 1.4
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5.1 # - 5.1
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 0.5
Y (cm) # - 0.4
PD (mSec) 0.44
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.3
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 507
Mode PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5
Control Sample Depth (mm) 24 96
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-41
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: IOE323/LP323 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 <1 <1 - 1.2 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.9
Wo (mW) # # 26
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.2 1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5.8 # # - 5.9
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - 0.7
Y (cm) # # - 0.4
PD (mSec) 0.22
PRF (kHz) 1
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.7
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 444
Mode M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 7.5 7.5
Control Focus 3 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 1 6.7
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-42
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: IOE323/LP323 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 2.1 <1 - 1.4 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.5
Wo (mW) 67 # 23
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 0.8 1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.3
fc (MHz) 5 6.6 # - 5.1
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.7 # - 0.7
Y (cm) 0.4 # - 0.4
PD (mSec) 0.6
PRF (kHz) 2.8
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.2
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) 1.3 # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 471
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) B(Hi) M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 6.6 5
Control Focus 2 8 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.3 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-43
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: IOE323/LP323 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a 1.1 - 2 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.3
Wo (mW) 34 34
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.1 1.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5 6.6 - 6.6
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.7 - 0.7
Y (cm) 0.4 - 0.4
PD (mSec) 0.43
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.5
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) 1.3 -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 343
Mode PW-B-CFM PW PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 6.6 6.6
Control Sample Depth (mm) 41 60 60
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2
Power Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-44
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA424 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 <1 <1 - 1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 4.4
Wo (mW) # # 15
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 0.7 0.6
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 9.1 # # - 9.2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - 0.5
Y (cm) # # - 0.3
PD (mSec) 0.19
PRF (kHz) 1
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 5
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 585
Mode M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 10 10
Control Focus 3 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 1 6.7
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-45
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA424 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 1.4 <1 - <1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 4.2
Wo (mW) 38 # #
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 0.8 #
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) 7.9 8 # - #
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.5 # - #
Y (cm) 0.3 # - #
PD (mSec) 0.48
PRF (kHz) 2.8
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 5.1
Information deq@PIImax (cm) #
Focal Length (cm) 0.7 # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 549
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) B(Hi)
Operating Frequency (MHz) 8 8
Control Focus 4 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.3 5.6
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-46
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA424 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a <1 - 1.3 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 4.3
Wo (mW) # 10
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 0.8 0.7
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 7.8 # - 7.9
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 0.5
Y (cm) # - 0.3
PD (mSec) 0.21
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 5.2
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.1
Focal Length (cm) # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 827
Mode PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 8 8
Control Sample Depth (mm) 11 88
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-47
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA435 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.3 <1 <1 - <1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 4.4
Wo (mW) # # #
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 0.8 #
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) 8.8 # # - #
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - #
Y (cm) # # - #
PD (mSec) 0.1
PRF (kHz) 1
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.5
Information deq@PIImax (cm) #
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 418
Mode M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 10
Control Focus 3
Conditions PRF (kHz) 1
Power Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-48
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA435 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 1.8 <1 - 1.4 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 4.5
Wo (mW) 48 # 16
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 0.8 0.7
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 7 7.9 # - 8
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.5 # - 0.5
Y (cm) 0.3 # - 0.3
PD (mSec) 0.25
PRF (kHz) 0.5
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.6
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) 0.9 # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 515
Mode(Smooth) M B(Hi) M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 6.6 8 8
Control Focus 2 8 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.5 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-49
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA435 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a <1 - 1.5 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 4.2
Wo (mW) # 17
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 0.7 0.7
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 7.2 # - 7.9
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 0.5
Y (cm) # - 0.3
PD (mSec) 0.25
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 5.2
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 631
Mode PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 6.6 8
Control Sample Depth (mm) 6 33
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-50
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA522 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1 <1 <1 - 1.1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.3
Wo (mW) # # 34
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.9 1.6
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 4.8 # # - 4.9
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - 1.1
Y (cm) # # - 0.6
PD (mSec) 0.25
PRF (kHz) 1
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 328
Mode M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 7.5 7.5
Control Focus 3 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 1 6.7
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-51
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA522 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 2.4 1 - 1.8 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.9
Wo (mW) 102 47 24
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.6 1.7
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 3.4 4.9 4.6 - 3.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.1 1.1 - 0.6
Y (cm) 0.6 0.6 - 0.6
PD (mSec) 0.76
PRF (kHz) 2.8
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.3
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) 2.2 2 -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 282
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) B(Hi) M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 3.3 5 5 3.3
Control Focus 7 8 8 3
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.3 5.6 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-52
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA522 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1 <1 <1 - <1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 1.9
Wo (mW) # # #
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 2 #
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) 3.5 # # - #
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - #
Y (cm) # # - #
PD (mSec) 0.41
PRF (kHz) 1
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.4
Information deq@PIImax (cm) #
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 153
Mode M-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) PEN
Control Focus 3
Conditions PRF (kHz) 1
Power Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-53
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA522 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a 1.8 - 3.5 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3
Wo (mW) 79 79
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.3 1.5
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 3.5 4.8 - 3.3
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.1 - 1
Y (cm) 0.6 - 0.6
PD (mSec) 0.43
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.3
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) 2.2 -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 301
Mode PW-B-CFM PW PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 3.3 5 3.3
Control Sample Depth (mm) 12 78 67
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2
Power Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-54
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA523 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.4 <1 <1 - <1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.6
Wo (mW) # # #
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.4 #
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) 6.3 # # - #
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - #
Y (cm) # # - #
PD (mSec) 0.2
PRF (kHz) 1
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.7
Information deq@PIImax (cm) #
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 451
Mode M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 7.5
Control Focus 3
Conditions PRF (kHz) 1
Power Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-55
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA523 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 1.4 <1 - 1.6 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.4
Wo (mW) 45 # 22
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.1 1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5 6.5 # - 5.2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.7 # - 0.7
Y (cm) 0.5 # - 0.5
PD (mSec) 0.53
PRF (kHz) 5.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.1
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) 1.2 # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 492
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) B(Lo) M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 6.6 5
Control Focus 3 8 7
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.7 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-56
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA523 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.4 <1 <1 - <1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3
Wo (mW) # # #
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.2 #
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) 5.4 # # - #
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - #
Y (cm) # # - #
PD (mSec) 0.26
PRF (kHz) 1
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.5
Information deq@PIImax (cm) #
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 347
Mode M-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) RES
Control Focus 3
Conditions PRF (kHz) 1
Power Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-57
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA523 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a <1 - 2.1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.4
Wo (mW) # 28
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1 1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5.2 # - 5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 0.7
Y (cm) # - 0.5
PD (mSec) 0.38
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.9
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 400
Mode PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5
Control Sample Depth (mm) 46 51
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-58
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA532 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 1.1 1.1 - 2.1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.7
Wo (mW) 73 75 75
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.4 1.5
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 3.2 3.1 3.1 - 3.1
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.1 1.1 - 1.1
Y (cm) 0.6 0.6 - 0.6
PD (mSec) 0.52
PRF (kHz) 1
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.1
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 3.7 3.7 -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 299
Mode M B M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5 5 5
Control Focus 2 8 8 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 1 6.7 6.7 6.7
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-59
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA532 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 1.9 1 - 3.1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.7
Wo (mW) 122 54 67
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.9 1.4
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 3.1 3.2 4 - 3
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.1 1.1 - 1.1
Y (cm) 0.6 0.6 - 0.6
PD (mSec) 0.85
PRF (kHz) 5.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.1
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) 3.7 4.5 -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 167
Mode(Smooth) B(Lo) B(Hi) M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 3.3 3.3 5 3.3
Control Focus 4 8 8 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-60
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA532 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 1.4 1.3 - 2.8 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.4
Wo (mW) 102 85 85
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.4 1.3
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.6 2.6 2.7 - 2.7
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.1 1.1 - 1.1
Y (cm) 0.6 0.6 - 0.6
PD (mSec) 0.59
PRF (kHz) 1
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.7
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 3.6 3.7 -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 199
Mode M-TEI B-TEI M-TEI M-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) PEN PEN GEN GEN
Control Focus 3 8 8 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 1 6.7 6.7 6.7
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-61
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: LA532 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a 1 - 3.1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.9
Wo (mW) 65 65
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 2.1 1.5
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.3
fc (MHz) 4.1 3.2 - 3.2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1 - 1
Y (cm) 0.6 - 0.6
PD (mSec) 0.42
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.9
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) 3.7 -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 66
Mode PW-B-CFM PW PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 3.3 3.3
Control Sample Depth (mm) 28 67 67
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2
Power Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-62
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA023 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1 <1 <1 - <1 <1
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.6
Wo (mW) # # # #
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 2 #
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) 6.4 # # - # #
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - # #
Y (cm) # # - # #
PD (mSec) 0.23
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.8
Information deq@PIImax (cm) #
Focal Length (cm) # # - #
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 243
Mode B
Operating Frequency (MHz) 7.5
Control Focus 5
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.6
Power Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-63
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA023 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 1.2 <1 - 1.3 1.7
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.9
Wo (mW) 48 # 21 49
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.9 2.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5.5 5.1 # - 5.4 5.1
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.7 # - 0.6 0.7
Y (cm) 0.6 # - 0.6 0.6
PD (mSec) 0.39
PRF (kHz) 0.5
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 5
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) 2.4 # - 2.4
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 550
Mode(Smooth) M B(Lo) M B(Hi)
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5 5 5
Control Focus 3 7 6 7
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.5 5.6 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-64
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA023 Operating Mode: CW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value <1 a <1 - 1.8 1.1
Pr.3 (MPa) #
Wo (mW) # 22 28
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) # 0.7
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) # # - 5 5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 0.6 0.6
Y (cm) # - 0.6 0.6
PD (mSec) #
PRF (kHz) #
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) #
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # - 2.3
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) #
Mode CW CW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5
Control Focus 2 7
Conditions PRF (kHz)
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-65
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA023 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.3 a <1 - 1.5 <1
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.3
Wo (mW) # 24 #
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 2.3 2.3
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5.4 # - 5.1 #
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 0.6 #
Y (cm) # - 0.6 #
PD (mSec) 0.4
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.5
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # - #
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 366
Mode PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5
Control Sample Depth (mm) 34 42
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-66
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA121 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.2 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.5
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.3
Wo (mW) 78 65 65 80
min of (cm) 29
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.2
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.3
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 2 1.9
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.5
fc (MHz) 3.3 3.5 3.7 3.5 3.7 3.2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.4 0.7 1.4 0.7 1.1
Y (cm) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
PD (mSec) 0.38
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.7
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 6.5 2 6.5 4.5
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 209
Mode B B M M M B
Operating Frequency (MHz) 3.5 5 5 5 5 3.5
Control Focus 2 6 2 6 2 4
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-67
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA121 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 4 1.9 2 4.1 5.1
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.6
Wo (mW) 256 120 120 256
min of (cm) 136
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.4
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.4
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 5.1 1.8
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.6 3.3 3.3 3.1 3.3 3.3
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.9 0.7 1.6 0.7 0.9
Y (cm) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
PD (mSec) 0.58
PRF (kHz) 0.5
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.9
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 2.8 2.1 6.5 2.8
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 238
Mode(Smooth) M B(Hi) M M M B(Hi)
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
Control Focus 5 3 2 7 2 3
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.5 5.6 5.6 4.2 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-68
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA121 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.1 1.3 <1 1 1.8 1.8
Pr.3 (MPa) 1.6
Wo (mW) 121 # 109 121
min of (cm) 38
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 4.1
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.5
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.8 4.9
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.5
fc (MHz) 2.2 2.2 # 2.2 2.2 2.2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.7 # 1.7 1.4 1.7
Y (cm) 1.3 # 1.3 1.3 1.3
PD (mSec) 0.91
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 1.8
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 7.1 # 7.1 7.1
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 96
Mode B-TEI B-TEI M-TEI M-TEI B-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) PEN PEN PEN PEN PEN
Control Focus 2 8 8 6 8
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.6 2.6 2.6 5.6 2.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-69
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA121 Operating Mode: CW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value <1 a <1 2.5 3.9 4
Pr.3 (MPa) #
Wo (mW) # 186 186
min of (cm) 155
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 1.8
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.7
Acoustic Zsp (cm) # 1.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.8
fc (MHz) # # 3.3 3.3 3.3
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # 0.8 0.8 0.8
Y (cm) # 1.3 1.3 1.3
PD (mSec) #
PRF (kHz) #
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) #
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) # 6.9 6.9
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) #
Mode CW CW CW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 3.3 3.3 3.3
Control Focus 7 8 7
Conditions PRF (kHz)
Power Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-70
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA121 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a 1.8 2.3 4.2 3.4
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.6
Wo (mW) 104 121 172
min of (cm) 146
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2.2
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.3
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 2 1.6
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.5
fc (MHz) 2.7 3.3 3.3 2.5 2.6
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.7 1.4 0.7 1.1
Y (cm) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
PD (mSec) 0.6
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.5
Focal Length (cm) 2.6 6.1 5.6
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 231
Mode PW-B-CFM PW PW PW PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 3.3 3.3 2.5 2.5
Control Sample Depth (mm) 30 19 97 20 63
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2 2 2
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-71
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA122 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.1 <1 <1 <1 1.1 1
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.5
Wo (mW) # # 36 36
min of (cm) #
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) #
Assoc. Zbp (cm) #
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.2 1.7
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 4.7 # # # 4.5 4.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # # 0.6 0.6
Y (cm) # # # 1 1
PD (mSec) 0.28
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) # # # 1.9
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 281
Mode B M B
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5 5
Control Focus 2 3 3
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.6 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-72
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA122 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 3.4 1.6 1.2 2.9 4.2
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.5
Wo (mW) 149 76 76 149
min of (cm) 56
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 1.7
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.7
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 3.6 1.7
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.3
fc (MHz) 4.4 4.8 4.6 4.3 4.6 4.8
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.6 0.6 1.1 0.6 0.6
Y (cm) 1 1 1 1 1
PD (mSec) 0.47
PRF (kHz) 0.5
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 5.2
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) 1.9 1.9 4.4 1.9
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 225
Mode(Smooth) M B(Hi) M M M B(Hi)
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5 5 5 5 5
Control Focus 5 3 3 8 3 3
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.5 0.7 5.6 5.6 5.6 0.7
Power Max Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-73
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA122 Operating Mode: CW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value <1 a 2.4 <1 2.9 2.8
Pr.3 (MPa) #
Wo (mW) 103 99 103
min of (cm) #
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) #
Assoc. Zbp (cm) #
Acoustic Zsp (cm) # 2.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) # 5 # 5 5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.7 # 0.7 0.7
Y (cm) 1 # 1 1
PD (mSec) #
PRF (kHz) #
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) #
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) 4.9 # 4.9
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) #
Mode CW CW CW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5 5
Control Focus 6 5 6
Conditions PRF (kHz)
Power Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-74
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA122 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a 2.4 1.5 3.3 2.6
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.2
Wo (mW) 107 72 80
min of (cm) 61
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 1.7
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.7
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 0.5 1.5
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 4.5 4.8 4.7 3.4 4.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1 1.1 0.6 0.5
Y (cm) 1 1 1 1
PD (mSec) 0.33
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.4
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) 4.1 4.5 1.3
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 370
Mode PW-B-CFM PW PW PW PW-B-CFM
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5 5 3.3 5
Control Sample Depth (mm) 15 70 99 22 0
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2 2 0
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-75
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA230 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.3 1.4 <1 1.1 1.6 1.6
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.1
Wo (mW) 125 # 125 125
min of (cm) 40
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 4
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.9
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 5.1 4.8
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.7
fc (MHz) 2.3 2.2 # 2.2 2.2 2.2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 2.2 # 2.2 2.2 2.2
Y (cm) 1.4 # 1.4 1.4 1.4
PD (mSec) 0.74
PRF (kHz) 2
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.9
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.6
Focal Length (cm) 9.2 # 9.2 9.2
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 169
Mode B B M M B
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Control Focus 3 7 7 7 7
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-76
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA230 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 4 <1 1.5 3.7 5.5
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.3
Wo (mW) 345 # 166 370
min of (cm) 137
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 3.5
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.8
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4.8 5.5
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.3 2.4 # 2.3 2.3 2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.6 # 2 1.6 1.6
Y (cm) 1.4 # 1.4 1.4 1.4
PD (mSec) 1.12
PRF (kHz) 0.5
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.2
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 5.9 # 8.3 5.8
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 142
Mode(Smooth) M B(Hi) M M B(Hi)
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2
Control Focus 8 4 6 4 4
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.5 5.6 4.2 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-77
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA230 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 3 1 2.6 4.3 3.9
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.4
Wo (mW) 306 100 248 306
min of (cm) 108
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 3.5
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 2.9
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 6.5 5.3
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.4
fc (MHz) 2.1 2 2 2 2.1 2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 2.2 0.6 2.2 1.6 2.2
Y (cm) 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
PD (mSec) 1.22
PRF (kHz) 2
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.4
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) 9.1 1.4 9.1 9.1
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 167
Mode B-TEI B-TEI M-TEI M-TEI M-TEI B-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) RES RES RES RES RES RES
Control Focus 5 7 1 7 4 7
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2 3.9 5.6 3.9 5.6 3.9
Power Max Max Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-78
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA230 Operating Mode: CnTI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 1.7
Pr.3 (MPa) #
Wo (mW) # # # 133
min of (cm) #
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) #
Assoc. Zbp (cm) #
Acoustic Zsp (cm) # #
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) # # # # # 1.8
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # # # 2.2
Y (cm) # # # # 1.4
PD (mSec) #
PRF (kHz) #
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) #
Information deq@PIImax (cm) #
Focal Length (cm) # # # 9.2
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) #
Mode CnTI(Lo)
Operating Frequency (MHz) 1.6
Control Focus 7
Conditions PRF (kHz) 3.9
Power Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-79
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA230 Operating Mode: CW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value <1 a <1 1.9 5.1 3.7
Pr.3 (MPa) #
Wo (mW) # 178 192
min of (cm) 162
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 2
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 1.9
Acoustic Zsp (cm) # 2.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.5
fc (MHz) # # 2.5 2.5 2.5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # 1 1 1
Y (cm) # 1.4 1.4 1.4
PD (mSec) #
PRF (kHz) #
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) #
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.4
Focal Length (cm) # 5.8 5.8
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) #
Mode CW CW CW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 2.5 2.5
Control Focus 6 2 6
Conditions PRF (kHz)
Power Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-80
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: PA230 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a <1 2.1 4.8 3.9
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.3
Wo (mW) # 295 299
min of (cm) 77
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) 4
Assoc. Zbp (cm) 3
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1 4.1
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.8
fc (MHz) 2.3 # 2.2 2 2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # 2.2 2.2 2.2
Y (cm) # 1.4 1.4 1.4
PD (mSec) 0.92
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.5
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.6
Focal Length (cm) # 9.9 9.4
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 157
Mode PW-B-CFM PW-B-CFM PW PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 2.5 2.5 2 2
Control Sample Depth (mm) 21 264 175 188
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2 2 2
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-81
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: TEE022 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 <1 <1 - 1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.1
Wo (mW) # # 26
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.6 1.6
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.3
fc (MHz) 4.2 # # - 4.2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - 1
Y (cm) # # - 0.9
PD (mSec) 0.21
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.9
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 371
Mode M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 5
Control Focus 1 1
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.6 5.6
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-82
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: TEE022 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 <1 <1 - 1.2 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.5
Wo (mW) # # 22
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 4 1.6
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.3
fc (MHz) 4.8 # # - 3.4
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - 1
Y (cm) # # - 0.9
PD (mSec) 0.41
PRF (kHz) 0.5
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 6.4
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 287
Mode(Smooth) M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 3.3
Control Focus 5 1
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.5 5.6
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-83
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: TEE022 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.4 <1 <1 - <1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.8
Wo (mW) # # #
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.6 #
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) #
fc (MHz) 4 # # - #
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - #
Y (cm) # # - #
PD (mSec) 0.25
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.3
Information deq@PIImax (cm) #
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 286
Mode B-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) PEN
Control Focus 1
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.6
Power Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-84
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: TEE022 Operating Mode: CW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value <1 a <1 - 1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) #
Wo (mW) # 14
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) # 0.8
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) # # - 5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 0.4
Y (cm) # - 0.9
PD (mSec) #
PRF (kHz) #
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) #
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) #
Mode CW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5
Control Focus 1
Conditions PRF (kHz)
Power Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-85
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: TEE022 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 a <1 - 1.1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.3
Wo (mW) # 18
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.6 1.5
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.3
fc (MHz) 4.9 # - 3.3
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 1
Y (cm) # - 0.9
PD (mSec) 0.39
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.4
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.3
Focal Length (cm) # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 397
Mode PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 3.3
Control Sample Depth (mm) 19 5
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-86
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: TEE122 Operating Mode: B\M

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 1 1 - 1.4 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.4
Wo (mW) 40 40 40
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 2.7 2.4
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 4.7 5.1 5.1 - 5.1
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.8 0.8 - 0.8
Y (cm) 0.9 0.9 - 0.9
PD (mSec) 0.28
PRF (kHz) 4.2
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 5
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) 2.7 2.7 -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 320
Mode M B M M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 7.5 7.5 7.5
Control Focus 8 5 5 5
Conditions PRF (kHz) 4.2 5.6 5.6 5.6
Power Max Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-87
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: TEE122 Operating Mode: B\M-CFM

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 1.5 <1 - 1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.9
Wo (mW) 63 # 16
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 2.1 2.2
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 3.6 4.9 # - 4.9
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 0.8 # - 0.8
Y (cm) 0.9 # - 0.9
PD (mSec) 0.56
PRF (kHz) 0.5
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.7
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) 2.6 # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 242
Mode(Smooth) M B(Lo) M
Operating Frequency (MHz) 3.3 5 5
Control Focus 2 7 3
Conditions PRF (kHz) 0.5 4.2 5.6
Power Max Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-88
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: TEE122 Operating Mode: B\M-TEI

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.5 <1 <1 - 1.1 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 3
Wo (mW) # # 31
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.5 2.3
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 4 # # - 4.2
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # # - 0.8
Y (cm) # # - 0.9
PD (mSec) 0.28
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.6
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 239
Mode B-TEI M-TEI
Operating Frequency (MHz) PEN PEN
Control Focus 1 6
Conditions PRF (kHz) 2.6 5.1
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-89
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: TEE122 Operating Mode: CW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value <1 a <1 - 1.8 b
Pr.3 (MPa) #
Wo (mW) # 18
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) # 0.9
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) # # - 5
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 0.3
Y (cm) # - 0.9
PD (mSec) #
PRF (kHz) #
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) #
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) #
Mode CW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5
Control Focus 8
Conditions PRF (kHz)
Power Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-90
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Transducer Model: TEE122 Operating Mode: PW

MI TIS TIB TIC


Index Label scan non-scan non-
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Global Maximum Index Value 1.2 a <1 - 1.3 b
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.8
Wo (mW) # 15
min of (cm) -
[W.3(z1),ITA.3(z1)]
Z1 (cm) -
Assoc. Zbp (cm) -
Acoustic Zsp (cm) 1.4 2
Parameter deq(Zsp) (cm) 0.2
fc (MHz) 5 # - 3.4
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) # - 0.8
Y (cm) # - 0.9
PD (mSec) 0.38
PRF (kHz) 2.6
Other Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.3
Information deq@PIImax (cm) 0.2
Focal Length (cm) # -
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 228
Mode PW-B-CFM PW
Operating Frequency (MHz) 5 3.3
Control Sample Depth (mm) 45 54
Conditions Sample Size (mm) 2 2
Power Max Max
Notes: (a) This index is not required for this operating mode.
(b) This probe is not intended for transcranial or neonatal cephalic uses.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for alternate formulation in this probe.
# No data are reported for this operating condition since the global maximum index value is not reported for the reason
listed.

A-91
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D

Acoustic Output Data according to IEC61157


BC431 (Reference: 960 0183 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM D+BCFM DI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I p
Ð
p_(MPa) 4.5 4.5 3.9 2.9 4.3 2.5 4.5 3.2 4.3 2.2
Ispta (mW/cm2) 133 583 38 929 509 669 193 1178 785 1323
System settings a SS/SD =
F=7 F=7 F=5 F=5 F=8 F=6 F=7 F=5 F=5 2/69mm
Ip (mm) 43 43 38 33 48 37 43 34 34 34
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 7.6 7.6 3.9 3.7 9.5 5.2 7.6 4.3 4.3 4.3
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 3.5 3.5 3.8 3.5 3.8 3.6 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
prr (kHz) 2.6 2.6 2.6 5.6 1.4 5.6 0.5 5.6 4.8 5.6
srr (Hz) 34 - 34 81 13 56 5 56 56 -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 12 12 9.6 9.6 12.6 10.8 12 9.6 9.6 9.6
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
fawf (MHz) 3.1 3.1 2.9 2.5 3.2 2.5 3.1 3.2 3.2 3.3
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 100 87 65 95 56 101 70 95 48
Maximum power e (mW) 192.7 192.8 52 166.3 181.5 201 36.1 121.2 157.1 136.1
Iob (mW/cm2) 178.4 178.5 60.1 192.4 160.1 206.8 33.4 140.2 181.9 157.5
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-93
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
CA431 (Reference: 960 0177 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM D+BCFM DI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I p
Ð
p_(MPa) 4.4 4.4 3.4 2.5 4.1 3.2 3.5 3.3 3.9 2.1
Ispta (mW/cm2) 140 826 245 772 388 868 1080 1191 892 1387
System settings a SS/SD =
F=5 F=6 F=8 F=6 F=8 F=8 F=8 F=7 F=7 2/107mm
Ip (mm) 39 44 48 40 48 48 48 45 45 45
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 4.2 6.8 8.1 4.7 8.3 8.3 8.3 7.3 7.3 7.3
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 5.4 4 4.2 4.2 4 4 4 4.1 4.1 4.1
prr (kHz) 5.6 5.6 3.9 5.6 1 3.7 3.7 4.2 4.2 5.6
srr (Hz) 82 - 89 82 10 38 38 44 44 -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 9.6 10.8 12.6 10.8 12.6 12.6 12.6 12 12 12
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
fawf (MHz) 3.5 3.5 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 99 76 57 93 72 79 75 88 47
Maximum power e (mW) 234.6 259.9 239.9 190 150.5 328.1 248.1 249.5 325.9 290.6
Iob (mW/cm2) 204 199.9 158.8 146.1 99.7 217.3 164.3 173.2 226.3 201.8
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-94
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
CA631 (Reference: 960 0185 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 3.8 3.8 3.4 3.1 4.2 3.4 5 3.8 4.5 2.8
Ispta (mW/cm2) 32 321 30 926 1318 1452 307 1703 1877 1900
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=5 F=5 F=6 F=7 F=7 F=7 F=7 F=7 2/104mm 2/104mm
Ip (mm) 48 48 47 51 57 57 61 61 61 61
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 3.5 3.5 4.8 7.7 7.5 7.5 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 2.7 2.7 3.5 3.8 3.2 3.2 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
prr (kHz) 2.6 2.6 2.6 4.8 2.8 4.8 0.5 4.8 2.1 5.6
srr (Hz) 26 - 26 49 36 62 6 62 - -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 9.9 9.9 11.9 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
fawf (MHz) 3.2 3.2 2.3 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.3 3.3
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 100 89 81 111 89 130 99 118 73
Maximum power e (mW) 43.6 43.7 51.3 309.6 297.1 326 44.9 249.2 274.6 278
Iob (mW/cm2) 33.8 33.9 33.3 163.8 157.2 172.5 23.7 131.9 145.3 147.1
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-95
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
CA621 (Reference: 960 0155 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM Dp DI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I I
Ð
p_(MPa) 3.3 3.3 1.3 1.2 3.8 3.8 3.3 3.9 3.9
Ispta (mW/cm2) 180 411 41 316 474 474 1826 2054 2054
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=5 F=5 F=7 F=6 F=6 F=6 F=6 2/67mm 2/67mm
Ip (mm) 42 42 55 49 49 49 49 52 52
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 3.5 3.5 6.5 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.1 3.1
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 3.1 3.1 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7
prr (kHz) 2.6 2.6 5.1 5.6 2.1 2.1 4.2 2.1 2.1
srr (Hz) 26 - 52 57 22 22 45 57 57
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 9.9 9.9 13.9 11.2 11.2 11.2 11.2 9.9 9.9
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
fawf (MHz) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.6 3.1 3.1 3 3.2 3.2
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 100 54 53 118 118 103 119 119
Maximum power e (mW) 57.7 57.7 67.6 55.5 138.9 138.9 166.6 137.7 137.7
Iob (mW/cm2) 48.4 48.4 40.7 41.1 102.9 102.9 123.4 115.7 115.7
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B+D B+D
M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-96
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
CA421 (Reference: 960 0154 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 3.9 3.9 1.9 1.9 3.8 3.1 3.9 3.9 4.3 2.7
Ispta (mW/cm2) 147 829 59 400 121 516 1638 1638 2102 2216
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=8 F=8 F=8 F=6 F=8 F=8 F=6 F=6 2/116mm 2/108mm
Ip (mm) 55 55 57 46 56 55 48 48 55 55
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 6.7 6.7 5.1 4.1 6.2 6 3.8 3.8 5 5
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 3.5 3.6 4.4 4.4 3.7 3.9 4.5 4.5 3.3 3.3
prr (kHz) 4.4 4.4 4.2 5.6 1 4.2 4.2 4.2 2.1 5.6
srr (Hz) 62 - 58 72 8 32 35 35 32 32
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 12.6 12.6 12.6 10.8 12.6 12.6 10.8 10.8 12 12
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
fawf (MHz) 2.9 2.9 2.1 2.1 3.1 2.5 2.9 2.9 3.2 3.2
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 101 49 48 97 80 100 100 111 68
Maximum power e (mW) 221 232.2 108.2 95.6 71.9 316.6 203.4 203.4 231.8 244.4
Iob (mW/cm2) 146.4 153.8 71.7 73.6 47.6 209.7 156.5 156.5 161 169.7
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-97
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
CA123 (Reference: 960 0158 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM D+BCFM DI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I p
Ð
p_(MPa) 4.3 4.3 3.1 2.7 5.5 5.5 3.5 3.5 4.6 2.1
Ispta (mW/cm2) 89 862 46 469 187 187 1226 1226 1042 1624
System settings a SS/SD =
F=3 F=3 F=3 F=3 F=3 F=3 F=4 F=4 F=2 2/41mm
Ip (mm) 14 14 13 14 14 14 17 17 14 25
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.5
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.7 1.7
prr (kHz) 4.4 4.4 4.4 5.6 2.8 2.8 5.6 5.6 5.6 11.1
srr (Hz) 80 - 81 93 18 18 35 35 35 58
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 5.6 5.6 4.2 6.7
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
fawf (MHz) 4.8 4.8 4.4 4.8 6.2 6.2 5.8 5.8 5.9 6.4
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 100 72 62 128 128 82 82 107 49
Maximum power e (mW) 24.6 22.7 13.5 12.9 23.9 23.9 16 16 23.4 31.3
Iob (mW/cm2) 116.9 107.9 64.2 61.4 113.7 113.7 66.8 66.8 129.8 111.7
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-98
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
EC123 (Reference: 960 0157 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 4.6 4.6 2.6 2.2 5.6 3.7 3.7 3.4 5 2.4
Ispta (mW/cm2) 150 724 22 168 368 465 976 1036 1308 1310
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=3 F=5 F=3 F=3 F=6 F=8 F=6 F=3 2/46mm 2/46mm
Ip (mm) 10 11 12 12 14 15 14 13 18 18
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 1.3 2 1.6 1.6 2.6 3.3 2.6 1.3 2.9 2.9
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 1.2 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
prr (kHz) 5.6 3.9 3.9 5.6 2.8 5.6 5.6 5.6 2.1 9.5
srr (Hz) 137 - 85 122 29 57 58 35 58 58
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 3.2 4 3.2 3.2 4.3 5 4.3 3.2 4.7 4.7
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
fawf (MHz) 5 5 4.9 4.9 6.1 5 5.8 5.9 6.3 6.3
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 100 57 47 123 81 79 74 108 51
Maximum power e (mW) 22.4 19.5 4.2 4.3 26.8 40.8 16.7 10.4 27.7 27.7
Iob (mW/cm2) 160.3 114.5 30.1 31 148.8 194.2 92.9 74.1 138.3 138.5
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-99
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
LP323/IOE323 (Reference: 960 0162 000 / 960 0160 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM D+BCFM DI
Parameter B M P I P I p
Ð
p_(MPa) 5.1 5.4 5.9 4.1 5.8 4.1 5.5 3.1
Ispta (mW/cm2) 28 98 196 709 196 1080 1062 1323
System settings a SS/SD =
F=3 F=3 F=4 F=8 F=4 F=3 F=3 2/30mm
Ip (mm) 12 12 14 13 14 11 12 17
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 1.1 1.2 1.7 5.2 1.7 1.2 1.1 2
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.2 1.3
prr (kHz) 6.7 1 2.8 5.6 0.5 5.6 5.6 5.6
srr (Hz) 52 - 9 25 2 18 18 25
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 4.3 4.3 4.9 7 4.9 4.3 4.3 5.4
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
fawf (MHz) 5.8 5.8 6.4 6.5 6.2 6.1 6.2 6.5
APF c (%) - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 106 116 80 113 81 108 61
Maximum power e (mW) 11.8 2 28.2 69.5 3.2 14 22.8 26.4
Iob (mW/cm2) 68.2 11.4 145.2 247.4 16.6 81 132 122.3
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-100
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
LA435 (Reference: 960 0173 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM D+BCFM DI
Parameter B M P I P I p
Ð
p_(MPa) 5.9 5.7 6.1 5.3 6.1 5.1 5.6 3.1
Ispta (mW/cm2) 31 566 407 852 147 1155 748 1142
System settings a SS/SD =
F=5 F=5 F=7 F=8 F=5 F=6 F=5 2/22mm
Ip (mm) 10 10 9 9 9 11 9 11
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 1.2 1.2 2.4 3 1.3 1.6 1.3 1.6
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.9 1.1 0.9
prr (kHz) 6.7 6.7 2.8 5.6 0.5 5.6 5.6 5.6
srr (Hz) 34 - 16 32 3 33 33 -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 3.6 3.6 4.4 4.8 3.6 4 3.6 4
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
fawf (MHz) 9.4 9.5 7.8 7.9 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.9
APF c (%) - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 96 103 88 102 85 94 52
Maximum power e (mW) 9.6 9.5 25.1 53.2 1.4 12.8 13.6 12.7
Iob (mW/cm2) 75.8 75.7 163.2 317 11.2 91.5 107.6 90.6
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-101
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
LA424 (Reference: 960 0149 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI
Parameter B M P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 5.4 6.1 6.3 3.9 6.2 4.3 6 5.8
Ispta (mW/cm2) 36 131 375 569 157 947 1216 1228
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=5 F=5 F=6 F=8 F=7 F=3 2/29mm 2/26mm
Ip (mm) 9 9 10 7 12 8 14 14
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 1.2 1.2 1.5 3.2 1.8 0.8 1.5 1.5
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 1.1 1.1 1 1.6 1 1.5 1 1
prr (kHz) 6.7 1 2.8 5.6 0.5 5.6 2.1 2.1
srr (Hz) 34 - 16 40 3 33 33 33
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 3.6 3.6 4 4.8 4.4 2.8 4.4 4.4
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
fawf (MHz) 8.9 8.9 7.9 7.9 7.6 7.8 8 8
APF c (%) - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 113 116 72 115 79 111 108
Maximum power e (mW) 13.4 2.3 22.9 38.4 2.5 7.1 13.7 13.8
Iob (mW/cm2) 123.9 21.7 191.1 266.5 19.1 85.1 103.9 104.9
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-102
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
LA523 (Reference: 960 0156 000 / 960 0174 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 5.1 5.5 4.2 4 6 4.8 6.1 4.1 5.3 5.2
Ispta (mW/cm2) 25 120 19 400 576 1201 192 1214 1224 1399
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=3 F=3 F=3 F=4 F=5 F=7 F=5 F=3 2/18mm 2/29mm
Ip (mm) 14 14 13 14 15 12 15 13 13 16
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.4 2.2 4.7 2.2 1.1 1.1 2.1
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 1 1 1 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.9
prr (kHz) 6.7 1 6.7 6.7 2.8 5.6 0.5 5.6 2.1 2.1
srr (Hz) 36 - 34 34 17 32 3 27 - -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.9 5.4 6.9 5.4 4.4 4.4 5.4
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
fawf (MHz) 6.7 6.7 5.6 5.4 6.4 6.5 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.6
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 110 83 78 120 94 120 81 105 102
Maximum power e (mW) 9.8 1.8 7.7 8.5 25.4 53.9 2.9 9.9 8.7 17.6
Iob (mW/cm2) 44.8 8 35.1 34.1 94 158.4 10.8 45.2 39.4 65
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-103
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
LA522 (Reference: 960 0163 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 3.3 3.4 2.6 2.8 5.2 4 5.3 3.9 4.9 4.9
Ispta (mW/cm2) 36 132 31 529 513 1090 182 1260 1346 1832
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=3 F=3 F=3 F=3 F=5 F=7 F=5 F=3 2/77mm 2/44mm
Ip (mm) 19 19 19 19 26 19 26 18 22 29
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 3.3 7 3.3 1.7 7.2 2.6
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.1 2 1.7 2 1.8 1.6 1.9
prr (kHz) 6.7 1 6.7 6.7 2.8 5.6 0.5 5.6 2.1 2.1
srr (Hz) 34 - 34 34 12 23 - - - -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 8.3 10.3 8.3 6.4 10.8 8.3
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
fawf (MHz) 4.8 4.8 4.1 4.1 4.7 4.7 4.5 4.6 4.8 4.9
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 106 80 85 160 121 163 120 150 149
Maximum power e (mW) 26.2 4.7 25.2 25.2 68.7 134.4 7.8 26.7 103.3 55.6
Iob (mW/cm2) 68.8 12.5 66.4 66.4 137.4 216.7 15.6 70.2 158.9 111.3
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-104
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
LA532 (Reference: 960 0168 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM D+BCFM DI CnTI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I p
Ð
p_(MPa) 3.8 3.8 3.3 3 6.2 3.9 5.5 4.7 4.7 3.5 1.1
Ispta (mW/cm2) 72 210 59 915 184 415 175 1427 344 1164 8
System settings a SS/SD =
F=3 F=3 F=6 F=5 F=6 F=6 F=6 F=5 F=5 2/56mm F=4
Ip (mm) 18 18 29 23 33 30 33 28 31 26 18
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 1.9 1.9 3.4 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.2 2.6 2.3 2.6 2.7
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 2 2 3.5 2.8 2.6 3.2 2.6 2.2 2.2 2.6 2.4
prr (kHz) 6.7 1 6.7 6.7 2.8 5.6 0.5 5.6 5.6 2.1 8.3
srr (Hz) 34 - 34 34 10 21 2 22 22 21 22
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 6.4 6.4 9.3 8.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 8.3 8.3 9.3 7.3
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
fawf (MHz) 3.2 3.2 2.7 2.7 4.6 3.1 4 4.1 4.1 3.2 2.6
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 101 87 79 164 102 144 123 125 92 29
Maximum power e (mW) 55.9 9 77.1 98.4 37.7 123.2 9 53.5 18.4 55.1 14.6
Iob (mW/cm2) 147.1 23.7 137.8 196.9 67.3 220.1 16.2 107 36.8 98.4 32.4
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-105
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
TEE022 (Reference: 960 0170 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI CW
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 5 5 3.8 4 4.8 3 7.4 3.2 3.7 3.7 0.1
Ispta (mW/cm2) 55 295 20 268 148 185 343 839 692 692 452
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=1 F=2 F=1 F=5 F=8 F=2 F=5 F=1 2/21mm 2/21mm F=1
Ip (mm) 18 29 17 44 44 29 40 18 16 16 13
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 0.8 1.4 1.1 2.8 2.9 1.8 2.2 0.6 0.7 0.7 1.2
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 5.9 4.8 5.6 3.3 2.8 4.9 3.4 5.9 5.5 5.5 5.4
prr (kHz) 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 1.4 2.8 0.5 5.6 2.1 2.1 1
srr (Hz) 58 - 31 31 14 32 5 42 - - -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 4.5
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
fawf (MHz) 4.7 4.4 4 3.5 4.8 3.3 4.8 5 5 5 5
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 100 77 80 96 60 148 64 75 75 3
Maximum power e (mW) 26.2 24.9 15.5 27.7 22.9 29 14.8 20.6 18.4 18.4 18.7
Iob (mW/cm2) 28.2 26.8 16.7 29.8 24.6 31.2 16 22.1 19.8 19.8 39.8
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D B+CW
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D B-
CFM+CW

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-106
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
TEE122 (Reference: 960 0186 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI CW
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 6.4 6.3 5.2 4.4 5.9 4.6 5.9 3 3.4 2.1 0.2
Ispta (mW/cm2) 85 532 68 636 130 551 292 901 795 810 966
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=3 F=3 F=4 F=5 F=8 F=2 F=8 F=3 2/31mm 2/31mm F=7
Ip (mm) 26 26 27 28 26 22 26 24 22 22 21
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 1.7 1.7 2.2 2.3 1.9 2.8 1.9 2.2 2.8 2.8 2.6
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.3 3.2 1.3 3.2 1.7 1.3 1.3 2.1
prr (kHz) 2.6 2.6 2.6 5.6 1 5.6 0.5 5.6 2.1 5.6 1
srr (Hz) 53 - 53 114 9 46 4 46 - - -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7 3.2
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1
fawf (MHz) 5.3 5.3 4.3 4 4.9 5 4.9 4.9 5 5 5
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 99 82 69 93 71 93 47 53 32 3
Maximum power e (mW) 21.2 21.2 19.1 40 24.3 49.6 9.9 21.3 16.8 17.1 30.3
Iob (mW/cm2) 33.1 33.2 29.8 62.4 38 77.6 15.4 33.3 26.2 26.7 101
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D B+CW
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D B-
CFM+CW

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-107
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
PA230 (Reference: 960 0165 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI CW CnTI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 3.3 3.3 3.9 2.8 4.2 3.1 4.5 2.5 3.7 2.3 0.2 1.5
Ispta (mW/cm2) 76 453 211 1297 889 1019 467 1617 2295 2358 1726 54
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=3 F=3 F=5 F=4 F=4 F=4 F=6 F=4 2/104mm 2/104mm F=4 F=4
Ip (mm) 52 52 69 58 59 59 83 59 73 73 56 56
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 3 3 4.8 3.8 3.6 3.6 7.7 3.6 4.4 4.4 4.2 4.1
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 6.5 6.5 5 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.3 4.5 4.4 4.4 5.4 4.7
prr (kHz) 2 2 2 5.6 2.8 5.6 0.5 5.6 2.1 5.6 1 5.6
srr (Hz) 45 - 49 125 26 53 - - - - - 66
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 13.4 13.4 17.9 15.8 15.8 15.8 19.9 15.8 17.9 17.9 9.5 15.8
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
fawf (MHz) 2.3 2.3 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.5 1.8
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 100 117 83 124 93 134 74 111 69 7 43
Maximum power e (mW) 91.6 91.6 293.9 322.5 398.3 448.1 107.7 215.9 330.4 339.4 244.8 134.4
Iob (mW/cm2) 48.7 48.7 117.6 145.9 180.2 202.7 38.7 97.7 132.1 135.8 184.1 60.8
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D B+CW
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D B-
CFM+CW

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-108
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
PA121 (Reference: 960 0151 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI CW
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 3.5 3.5 2.4 1.6 5.2 3.8 6.3 3 4.5 2.2 0.2
Ispta (mW/cm2) 60 330 79 461 436 616 354 1546 1730 1914 1587
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=6 F=6 F=6 F=6 F=5 F=3 F=8 F=5 2/97mm 2/97mm F=6
Ip (mm) 60 60 61 60 55 28 71 54 61 61 69
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3 2.2 6.6 3.3 3.3 3.5 4.7
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 7.7 7.7 6.3 6.8 8 10.4 6.9 7.5 7.1 6.1 5.9
prr (kHz) 2.6 2.6 2.6 5.6 2.8 5.6 0.5 5.6 2.1 5.6 1
srr (Hz) 58 - 58 125 28 56 5 56 - - -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 14.1 14.1 14.1 14.1 12.9 9.4 16.7 12.9 14.1 14.1 8.1
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
fawf (MHz) 3.1 3.1 2.2 2.2 3 3.3 3.1 2.6 3.3 2.5 3.3
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 100 68 46 147 106 176 84 127 62 6
Maximum power e (mW) 107.5 107.5 131.5 141.3 246.2 269.7 81.7 237.8 248.5 259.3 237.2
Iob (mW/cm2) 58.7 58.7 71.9 77.2 147.4 219.3 37.6 142.4 135.8 141.7 223.8
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D B+CW
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D B-
CFM+CW

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-109
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
PA122 (Reference: 960 0152 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI CW
Parameter B M P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 4 4 6.2 3.7 6.3 4.2 6 6 0.3
Ispta (mW/cm2) 68 363 396 751 291 1404 2237 2237 3005
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=6 F=6 F=8 F=8 F=8 F=6 2/61mm 2/61mm F=5
Ip (mm) 41 41 44 44 44 39 40 40 47
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 2.5 2.5 4.1 3.6 4.1 2.3 2.1 2.1 2.6
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 4.7 4.7 4 3.2 4 4.4 4.2 4.2 2.4
prr (kHz) 2.6 2.6 1.4 5.6 0.5 5.6 2.1 2.1 1
srr (Hz) 58 - 15 59 5 63 - - -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 9.2 9.2 10.7 10.7 10.7 9.2 9.2 9.2 6.7
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
fawf (MHz) 4.4 4.4 4.3 3.5 4.3 4.4 4.8 4.8 5
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 100 157 92 159 106 151 151 7
Maximum power e (mW) 48.8 48.8 69.2 138.6 24.5 95.3 132.1 132.1 130.3
Iob (mW/cm2) 52.8 52.8 64.8 129.7 23 103.2 143 143 194.4
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D B+CW
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D B-
CFM+CW

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-110
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
PA023 (Reference: 960 0153 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI CW
Parameter B M P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 4.5 4.4 5.7 4.1 6.2 3.5 4.4 4.3 0.2
Ispta (mW/cm2) 83 336 1115 1254 296 1206 1388 1629 1509
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=6 F=5 F=6 F=7 F=7 F=6 2/29mm 2/42mm F=7
Ip (mm) 23 20 22 24 24 22 24 27 23
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 2 1.6 1.9 2.7 2.7 1.9 1.6 1.7 1.8
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 1.5 2.3 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.7
prr (kHz) 2.6 2.6 2.8 5.6 0.5 5.6 2.1 2.1 1
srr (Hz) 58 - 32 63 6 63 - - -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 6.1 5.5 6.1 6.7 6.7 6.1 5.5 6.1 5.6
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
fawf (MHz) 6.4 6.5 5.2 5.1 5.3 5.4 5.2 5.1 5
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 98 128 91 138 78 97 96 5
Maximum power e (mW) 13.7 12 51.4 62.4 8.2 27.1 28 31 36.7
Iob (mW/cm2) 37.4 36.4 140.4 155.2 20.3 74 85 84.8 107.9
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D B+CW
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D B-
CFM+CW

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-111
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
2CW (Reference: 960 0125 000)
ModeÎ CW
Parameter
Ð
p_(MPa) 0.2
Ispta (mW/cm2) 1291
System settings a F=1
Ip (mm) 33
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 4.8
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 3.9
prr (kHz) 1
srr (Hz) -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 4.8
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 3.9
fawf (MHz) 2
APF c (%) -
AIF d (%) 1
Maximum power e (mW) 150.2
Iob (mW/cm2) 214.6
Power-up Mode N/A
Initialization mode B
Acoustic output freeze Yes
Itt (mm) -
Its (mm) Contact
Inclusive modes B+CW
B-
CFM+CW

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-112
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
5CW (Reference: 960 0126 000)
ModeÎ CW
Parameter
Ð
p_(MPa) 0.2
Ispta (mW/cm2) 923
System settings a F=1
Ip (mm) 6
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 2.4
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 3.5
prr (kHz) 1
srr (Hz) -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 2.4
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 3.5
fawf (MHz) 5
APF c (%) -
AIF d (%) 1
Maximum power e (mW) 42.3
Iob (mW/cm2) 302.4
Power-up Mode N/A
Initialization mode B
Acoustic output freeze Yes
Itt (mm) -
Its (mm) Contact
Inclusive modes B+CW
B-
CFM+CW

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-113
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
CA430 (Reference: 960 0169 000)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM D+BCFM DI CnTI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I p
Ð
p_(MPa) 2.7 2.7 3.1 3 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.2 1
Ispta (mW/cm2) 104 724 170 1015 520 520 1413 1413 667 1428 36
System settings a SS/SD =
F=4 F=4 F=8 F=7 F=7 F=7 F=7 F=7 F=8 2/117mm F=7
Ip (mm) 30 30 49 42 49 49 49 49 50 49 38
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 3.5 3.5 5.9 6.2 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 6.9 6.2 7.3
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.1 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.7 3.7 4.3
prr (kHz) 5.6 5.6 4.2 4.8 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 2.1 4.8
srr (Hz) 80 - 60 68 41 41 41 41 40 41 68
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 7.8 7.8 12.6 12 12 12 12 12 12.6 12 12
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
fawf (MHz) 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.9 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 1.7
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 100 115 110 132 132 126 126 127 118 38
Maximum power e (mW) 109.5 109.5 265.6 290.2 206.7 206.7 200.8 200.8 139.6 199.4 54.3
Iob (mW/cm2) 116.5 116.4 175.9 201.5 143.5 143.5 139.5 139.5 92.4 138.4 37.7
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-114
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
CA1421 (Reference: 97154411395)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM D+BCFM DI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I p
Ð
p_(MPa) 3.8 3.8 3.5 3.1 4.4 3 4.1 3.1 3.8 2.4
Ispta (mW/cm2) 21 201 58 1081 565 717 240 1365 1004 1390
System settings a SS/SD =
F=6 F=6 F=6 F=6 F=6 F=8 F=5 F=8 F=7 2/134mm
Ip (mm) 51 51 42 42 42 54 39 54 48 54
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 3.4 3.4 4.2 4.2 4.6 7.5 3.5 7.5 6.5 7.5
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 2.2 2.2 3.1 3.1 2.9 3.1 3.5 3.1 2.9 3.1
prr (kHz) 2 2 2 5.6 2.8 4.8 0.5 4.8 4.2 4.2
srr (Hz) 27 - 27 75 23 43 4 43 46 -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 12.6 9.6 12.6 12 12.6
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
fawf (MHz) 3.5 3.5 2.5 2.4 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 100 93 81 114 78 108 82 100 64
Maximum power e (mW) 18.8 18.8 73 197.4 205.2 245.5 19.8 202.7 219.7 206.4
Iob (mW/cm2) 14.5 14.5 56.3 152.3 158.4 162.4 17.2 134.1 152.5 136.5
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-115
M y L a b 5 0 – G E T T I N G S T A R T E D
E8-5R10P (Reference: 97154410504)
ModeÎ Imaging Imaging Imaging Imaging BCFM BCFM MCFM MCFM Dp DI
Parameter B M B-TEI M-TEI P I P I
Ð
p_(MPa) 6.2 6.2 5 4.9 6.9 4.4 6.9 4.1 5.2 3.2
Ispta (mW/cm2) 101 530 70 541 785 851 315 1248 1364 1377
System settings a SS/SD = SS/SD =
F=7 F=7 F=8 F=8 F=8 F=7 F=5 F=5 2/31mm 2/31mm
Ip (mm) 24 24 28 28 25 24 23 23 23 23
wpb6 ( | | ) (mm) 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.6 2.7 2.3 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
wpb6 ( | ) (mm) 1.8 1.8 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
prr (kHz) 3.9 3.9 3.9 5.6 2.1 5.6 0.5 5.6 2.1 5.6
srr (Hz) 68 - 68 98 21 57 5 57 - -
Output beam dimension ( || ) (mm)b 5.3 5.3 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.3 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
Output beam dimension ( | ) (mm)b 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
fawf (MHz) 5.5 5.5 6.9 6.9 6.4 6.4 6.1 6.1 6.5 6.5
APF c (%) - - - - - - - - - -
AIF d (%) 100 100 81 80 112 72 112 67 84 52
Maximum power e (mW) 28 27.9 19 26.4 47.8 50.8 7.7 30.6 33.5 33.8
Iob (mW/cm2) 75.2 74.9 47.4 65.6 118.9 136.2 24.5 97 106 107.1
Power-up Mode N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Initialization mode B B B B B B B B B B
Acoustic output freeze Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Itt (mm) - - - - - - - - - -
Its (mm) Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact
Inclusive modes B+M B+M B-CFM + B-CFM + B+D B+D
M-CFM M-CFM B-CFM+D B-CFM+D

a SS = Sample Size SD = Sample Depth F= transmit focal point POWER = 100%


b ∅ defines diameter
c Acoustic power-up fraction
d Acoustic initialization fraction
e controllable by the user

A-116
ESAOTE S.p.A.

Rev. G

June 2007

TRANSDUCERS AND CONSUMABLES

OPERATOR MANUAL

8300375000
Introduction
This manual provides information about the probes and consumables that can be used
with the Esaote MyLab devices. The manual is divided into the following chapters:

• Chapter 1: Care of transducers


The chapter describes how to handle, control, store and protect ESAOTE
tranducers.

• Chapter 2: Cleaning and disinfecting the transducers


The chapter describes how to clean and disinfect non-invasive transducers and
those used in semi-critical applications.
• Chapter 3: Examinations with transesophageal probes
The chapter lists the specific safety requirements for examinations with trans-
esophageal probes. A description is also given on how to prepare the probe for the
examination.
• Chapter 4: Examinations with the endocavity probe
The chapter lists the specific safety requirements for examinations with the endo-
cavity probe. A description is also given on how to prepare the probe for the
examination.
• Chapter 5: The Intraoperative probe
The chapter lists the specific safety requirements for examinations with the
intraoperative probe. A description is also given on how to prepare the probe for
the examination.
• Chapter 6: The Laparoscopic probe
The chapter lists the specific safety requirements for examinations with the
laparoscopic probe. A description is also given on how to prepare the probe for
the examination.
• Chapter 7: Needle guides kits
The chapter describes the procedures for assembling the kits.
• Chapter 8 Accessories and Consumables
The chapter describes how to check, clean and disinfect the ECG cable. The
chapter also gives information about the characteristics of the consumables.
• Appendix A: MyLab Probes
The appendix details available models and their main characteristics.
• Appendix B: Cables, Consumables and Agents
The appendix details the ECG cables characteristics and recommended ECG
disposable electrodes. The appendix lists the recommended cleaning, disinfection
and sterilization agents.
• Appendix C: Probe Electrical Safety
The appendix explains how to check the electrical safety of the probes.
In this manual WARNING identifies a risk for the patient and/or the operator. The
word CAUTION describes the precautions necessary for protecting the equipment.
Make sure you understand and follow these instructions.
Table of Contents

1 - Care of Transducers ...............................................................................................................1-1


Handling Transducers ...................................................................................................................1-1
Periodic Probe Control Schedule ..................................................................................................1-1
Transducer Controls......................................................................................................................1-2
Non-invasive Transducers.........................................................................................................1-2
Invasive Transducers.................................................................................................................1-3
Storing and Protecting the Transducers ........................................................................................1-7
Daily Storage and Protection ....................................................................................................1-7
Storing and Protecting the Intraoperative and Laparoscopic Probe..........................................1-7
Transport or Long-Term Storage and Protection......................................................................1-7
Dispatching the Transducer ......................................................................................................1-8
Needle Guide Kit Control .............................................................................................................1-8
Storing and Protecting Needle Guide Kits....................................................................................1-8
2 - Cleaning and Disinfecting Transducers and Biopsy Kits .................................................2-1
Periodic Cleaning and Disinfecting Schedule...............................................................................2-1
Agents ...........................................................................................................................................2-2
Probes Tightness to Liquids..........................................................................................................2-2
Cleaning Probes Used in Non-Critical Applications ....................................................................2-3
Disinfecting Probes Used in Non-Critical Applications ...............................................................2-3
Cleaning and Disinfecting Probes Used in Semi-Critical Applications .......................................2-4
Cleaning and Sterilization of Intraoperative, Laparoscopic probes and Needle Guide Kits ........2-5
Cleaning and Sterilizing the Biopsy Attachment of CAB411A Probe .........................................2-6
3 - The Transesophageal Probe.................................................................................................3-1
Characteristics and Components...................................................................................................3-1
Examination Safety .......................................................................................................................3-2
Before the Examination ............................................................................................................3-2
During the Examination ............................................................................................................3-3
At the End of the Examination..................................................................................................3-4
Temperature Control .....................................................................................................................3-4
Preparation of the Transesophageal Probe....................................................................................3-5
Transducer Orientation .................................................................................................................3-5
4 - The Endocavity Probes ........................................................................................................4-1
Characteristics and Components...................................................................................................4-1
Examination Safety .......................................................................................................................4-2
Before the Examination ............................................................................................................4-2
During the Examination ............................................................................................................4-2
At the End of the Examination..................................................................................................4-3
Preparation of the Endocavity Probes...........................................................................................4-3
Water Stand-Off for EC123 and TRT33 Probes.......................................................................4-4
5 - The Intraoperative Probe.......................................................................................................5-1
Characteristics and Components...................................................................................................5-1
Examination Safety .......................................................................................................................5-2
Before the Examination ............................................................................................................5-2
During the Examination ............................................................................................................5-3
At the End of the Examination..................................................................................................5-4
Preparation of the Intraoperative Probe ........................................................................................5-4
6 - The Laparoscopic Probe.........................................................................................................6-1

i
Characteristics and Components...................................................................................................6-1
Examination Safety .......................................................................................................................6-2
Before the Examination ............................................................................................................6-2
During the Examination ............................................................................................................6-3
At the End of the Examination..................................................................................................6-4
Preparation of the Laparoscopic Probe .........................................................................................6-4
7 - Needle Guide Kits .................................................................................................................7-1
Examination Safety .......................................................................................................................7-2
Before the Examination ............................................................................................................7-2
During the Examination ............................................................................................................7-2
At the End of the Examination..................................................................................................7-3
Mounting the Needle Guide for LA and CA Probes.....................................................................7-3
Disposable Biopsy Kit for CA1421 Probe................................................................................7-4
Mounting the Needle Guide for CAB411A Probes ......................................................................7-5
Mounting the Endocavity Probe Needle Guide ............................................................................7-6
EC123 Endocavity Probe ..........................................................................................................7-6
E8-5 Endocavity Probe .............................................................................................................7-7
Mounting the Trans-rectal Probe Needle Guide ...........................................................................7-8
Mounting the Intraoperative Probe Needle Guide ........................................................................7-9
Kit assembling...........................................................................................................................7-9
8 - Accessories and Consumables ............................................................................................8-1
ECG Cable ....................................................................................................................................8-1
Checking the ECG Cable ..............................................................................................................8-1
Cleaning and Disinfecting the ECG Cable ...................................................................................8-1
Stand Off for Linear Probes ..........................................................................................................8-2
Gel.................................................................................................................................................8-3
Sheaths ..........................................................................................................................................8-4
Accessory Kits for Transesophageal Probes.................................................................................8-4
Appendix A - MyLab Probes ....................................................................................................A-1
Phased Array Probes ....................................................................................................................A-1
Linear Probes ...............................................................................................................................A-1
Convex Probes .............................................................................................................................A-2
Specialty Probes...........................................................................................................................A-2
Doppler Probes.............................................................................................................................A-3
Appendix B - Cables and Consumables...................................................................................B-1
ECG Cables..................................................................................................................................B-1
Recommended Consumables .......................................................................................................B-1
Convex Probes .........................................................................................................................B-2
Linear Probes ...........................................................................................................................B-3
Phased Array Probes ................................................................................................................B-3
Specialty Probes.......................................................................................................................B-4
Doppler Probes.........................................................................................................................B-4
Needle Guides ..........................................................................................................................B-5
Manufacturers of Recommended Agents.................................................................................B-6
Appendix C - Probes Electrical Safety.....................................................................................C-1

ii
1
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S
Chapter

1 - Care of Transducers

Damage caused by Handling Transducers


dropping or knocking
a probe against other Incorrect handling can seriously damage any transducer. Both the acoustic lens and
objects, stepping on or the crystal elements can be damaged if the transducer is dropped or struck against
twisting a cable or a
another object. Cuts on the probe cable or breakage of the housing may jeopardize
cable becoming
entangled, are not the electrical safety of the transducer.
covered by the There are several ways a probe can be damaged, for example:
guarantee.
• Dropping or knocking against another object
• Contact with sharp edged objects
• Contact with chemical agents
• Contact with hot surfaces
• Immersion in liquid substances
• Exposure to high voltage discharge
• Exposure to environmental conditions out of allowed range

W A R N I N G S Do not use a probe if any of the above listed events occur until it has been
established if any electrical damage to the probe has occurred by measuring
the current leakage (see Appendix C for further details). Contact the Esaote
Service Representative.

Do not tug the probe cable or bend it. If the probes are carried around on a
trolley, make sure that the wheels do not roll over the cable.

Periodic Probe Control Schedule


The following tables describe the periodic control that must be made on the
probes. The frequency suggested for non-invasive probes is considered to be the
minimum; very frequent usage requires more frequent controls.

1-1
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Operation to be performed Frequency


Physical control of non-invasive probes Every month or when the probe is
dropped
Physical control of transesophageal, endocavity, Before every examination
intraoperative and laparoscopic probes
Physical control of the biopsy kit Before every examination and if
dropped
Never use a probe, if it has been dropped, until you are sure that no
W A R N I N G
electrical damage to the probe has occurred. This can be done by
performing a leakage current test (see Appendix C for further details).

Transducer Controls
Non-invasive Transducers
Non-invasive transducers are intended to be used on the external parts of the body
only.

A periodic control must be made on transducers to check that:

• The housing is intact. If cracks or breaks are found, have the probe
repaired immediately by contacting an ESAOTE technician.
• The lens does not have any irregularities or is not broken. If any breaks
are found on the scanning windows, do not use the probe again and
have it repaired.
• The probe cable is not broken or damaged. If any damage is found, do
not use the probe again and have it repaired.
• The connector pins are not bent. If the pins are damaged, do not use
the probe and have it repaired.

Breaks to the probe casing or to the cable could result in risks to electrical
W A R N I N G
safety.

Do not use a probe if it has been dropped. A leakage current test (see
Appendix C for further details) must be performed prior to re-use to ensure
that no electrical damage to the probe has occurred.

Physical damage to the probe may cause electrical or mechanical injury to


the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection against such
damage nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated electrically. DO
NOT USE the probe if it is known or suspected that it has been damaged;
contact ESAOTE immediately.

1-2
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Do not try to dismantle the probe; any attempt to dismantle the probe may
C A U T I O N
damage it and will void the warranty.

In order to minimize the probability of damaging the probe, the following


operations are suggested:

• Do not touch the lens at the end of the probe Never exert force on
the lens
• The connector is not waterproof and should always be kept dry. The
control unit, although waterproof, should not be unnecessarily
immersed.
After use, clean and/or disinfect the probe as specified in this manual.

Invasive Transducers
Invasive transducers penetrate the patient’s body through an orifice or through the
surface of the body.

Control of the Transesophageal Probe


The transesophageal probe must be carefully inspected before every examination.

• Perform a manual and visual check to ensure that there are no holes,
bulges, tears or dents along the entire surface of the probe.
• Perform a manual and visual check of the endoscope while bending
the tip in all possible directions; deflection must function according to
characteristics and the guides must not protrude during these
movements.
• Check that the deflection mechanism functions in both modes (free or
with friction).
• Check the cable manually and visually; there must be no cuts or
irregularities.
• Check that the connector pins are not bent. If the pins are damaged,
do not use the probe and have it repaired.
Breaks in the probe casing or in the cable could expose the patient and/or
W A R N I N G
the operator to an electrical safety risk.

Do not use a probe if it has been dropped. A leakage current test (see
Appendix C for further details) must be performed prior to re-use to ensure
that no electrical damage to the probe has occurred.

In case of incorrect operation of the flexion, do not use the probe and call
Esaote Service Assistance.

Physical damage to the probe may cause electrical or mechanical injury to


the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection against such

1-3
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

damage nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated electrically. DO


NOT USE the probe if it is known or suspected that it has been damaged;
contact ESAOTE immediately.

Do not try to dismantle the probe; any attempt to dismantle the probe may
C A U T I O N
damage it and will void the warranty.

In order to minimize the probability of damaging the probe, the following


operations are suggested:

• Do not touch the lens at the front of the probe. Never exert force on
the lens.
• The connector is not waterproof and should always be kept dry.
• Before inserting the probe, do not rub or spray the tip of the probe
with an anesthetic agent..
• When not in use, store the probe as specified in the next paragraph.
After use, clean and disinfect the probe as specified in this manual.

Control of the Endocavity Probe


The endocavity probe must be checked before every examination.

• Perform both a visual and manual check to ensure that there are no
holes, bulges, abrasions or dents.
• Perform a visual and manual check of the probe cable; cuts or holes in
the cable may jeopardize electrical safety.
• The connector pins are not bent. If the pins are damaged, do not use
the probe and have it repaired.
Breaks in the probe casing or in the cable could expose the patient and/or
W A R N I N G
operator to an electrical safety risk.

Do not use a probe if it has been dropped. A leakage current test (see
Appendix C for further details) must be performed prior to re-use to ensure
that no electrical damage to the probe has occurred.

Physical damage to the probe may cause electric shock or mechanical


injury to the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection
against such damage nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated
electrically. DO NOT USE the probe if it is known or suspected that it has
been damaged; contact ESAOTE immediately.

Do not attempt to dismantle the probe; any attempt to dismantle the probe
C A U T I O N
may result in damage to the probe and will void the warranty and could
compromise its safety.

1-4
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

In order to minimize the probability of damaging the probe, the following


operations are suggested:

• Do not touch the lens at the front of the probe. Never exert force on
the lens.
• The connector is not waterproof and should always be kept dry.
After use, clean and disinfect the probe as specified in this manual.

Control of the Intraoperative Probe


The Intraoperative probe must be carefully inspected before every examination.

• Perform a manual and visual check to ensure that there are no holes,
bulges, tears or dents along the entire surface of the probe.
• Check the cable manually and visually; there must be no cuts or
irregularities.
• The connector pins are not bent. If the pins are damaged, do not use
the probe and have it repaired.
• When not in use, store the probe as specified in the next paragraph.
Breaks in the probe casing or in the cable could expose the patient and/or
W A R N I N G
the operator to an electrical safety risk.

Do not use a probe if it has been dropped. A leakage current test (see
Appendix C for further details) must be performed prior to re-use to ensure
that no electrical damage to the probe has occurred.

Physical damage to the probe may cause electrical or mechanical injury to


the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection against such
damage nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated electrically. DO
NOT USE the probe if it is known or suspected that it has been damaged;
contact ESAOTE immediately.

Do not try to dismantle the probe; any attempt to dismantle the probe may
C A U T I O N
damage it and will void the warranty.

In order to minimize the probability of damaging the probe, the following


operations are suggested:

• Do not touch the lens at the front of the probe. Never exert force on
the lens.
• The connector is not waterproof and should always be kept dry.
• When not in use, store the probe in its case.
After use, clean and sterilize the probe as specified in this manual.

1-5
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Control of the Laparoscopic Probe


The laparocopic probe must be carefully inspected before every examination.

• Perform a manual and visual check to ensure that there are no holes,
bulges, tears or dents along the entire surface of the probe.
• Perform a manual and visual check of the endoscope while bending
the tip in all possible directions; deflection must function according to
characteristics and the guides must not protrude during these
movements.
• Check the cable manually and visually; there must be no cuts or
irregularities.
• The connector pins are not bent. If the pins are damaged, do not use
the probe and have it repaired.
Breaks in the probe casing or in the cable could expose the patient and/or
W A R N I N G
the operator to an electrical safety risk.

Do not use a probe if it has been dropped. A leakage current test (see
Appendix C for further details) must be performed prior to re-use to ensure
that no electrical damage to the probe has occurred.

In case of incorrect operation of the flexion, do not use the probe and call
Esaote Service Assistance.

Physical damage to the probe may cause electrical or mechanical injury to


the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection against such
damage nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated electrically. DO
NOT USE the probe if it is known or suspected that it has been damaged;
contact ESAOTE immediately.

Do not try to dismantle the probe; any attempt to dismantle the probe may
C A U T I O N
damage it and will annul the guarantee.

In order to minimize the probability of damaging the probe, the following


operations are suggested:

• Do not touch the lens at the front of the probe. Never exert force on
the lens.
• The connector is not waterproof and should always be kept dry.
• When not in use, store the probe in its case.
After use, clean and sterilize the probe as specified in this manual.

1-6
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Storing and Protecting the Transducers


Daily Storage and Protection
Non-Invasive Transducers
When not in use, the transducer must be stored in the special probes slot on the
machine. If all the available slots are full, place the probe in its case. All gel must
always be cleaned off the probe (see the next chapter for the relative instructions).
Always keep the probe in its case. Otherwise it could be accidentally
C A U T I O N
dropped or damaged.

Storing and Protecting the Transesophageal Probe


The probe must always be cleaned following the instructions provided in the next
chapter. The probe must be kept in a clean environment and with the endoscope
straight. In particular, we recommend using:

• Wall-mounted supports
• A storage drawer that is large enough to house the endoscope, bending
it as little as possible
Storing and Protecting the Endocavity Probe
The probe must always be cleaned following the instructions provided in the next
chapter. When not in use, the transducer must be stored in the special probes slot
on the machine. If all the available slots are full, place the probe in its case.

Always keep the probe in its case. Otherwise it could be accidentally


C A U T I O N
dropped or damaged.

Storing and Protecting the Intraoperative and Laparoscopic Probe


The probe must always be cleaned following the instructions provided in the next
chapter. When not in use, place the probe in its case.

Always keep the probe in its case. Otherwise it could be accidentally


C A U T I O N
dropped or damaged.

Transport or Long-Term Storage and Protection


All transducers are supplied with their own case that must always be used both
when transporting the probe and for long-term storage. Clean the transducer
carefully, following the procedures described in the following chapter before
putting the probe away in its case.

For long-term storage, check that the environmental requirements indicated on the
label of the case are observed.

Always use the original case to store the transesophageal probe. The special
C A U T I O N
shape of this case prevents damage to the gastroscope due to excessive
bending.

1-7
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Dispatching the Transducer


Contact Esaote personnel to ensure that the transducer is correctly packed before
dispatching it.

Needle Guide Kit Control


Always check that:

• The socket is not bent. Do not use the socket if it has been damaged.
• The needle guide is not bent. Do not use the guide if it has been
damaged.

Storing and Protecting Needle Guide Kits


All biopsy kits are supplied with their own case. We recommend leaving any
unused needle guides in the case. The kits must always be sterilized after use (see
the next chapter for procedures). Please refer to the procedures used on-site for
storing sterile parts.

1-8
2
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S
Chapter

2 - Cleaning and
Disinfecting
Transducers and Biopsy
Kits

Periodic Cleaning and Disinfecting Schedule


The following table describes the periodic maintenance to be carried out on
transducers and biopsy kits depending on their application. The risk of infection
establishes the type of application.

Device Application Operation Frequency


Before the first use and after
Cleaning
Non-invasive probes Non-critical[1] each exam.
Disinfection When necessary

Transesophageal and Cleaning and Before the first use and after
Semi-critical[2]
Endocavity probes Disinfection each exam.

Intraoperative and
Cleaning and Before the first use and after
Laparoscopic probes Critical[3]
Sterilization each exam.

Needle Guide kits Cleaning and Before the first use and after
Critical[3]
Sterilization each exam.

[1] The application is considered non-critical when the device is used on intact skin.
[2] The application is considered semi-critical when the device is used on the mucous membranes.
[3] The application is considered critical when the device comes into contact with blood or
compromised tissue.

If non-invasive probes are used in semi-critical/critical applications and in a sterile


field, apply protective sheaths during the examination. These sheaths are usually
composed of latex (natural rubber).

Make sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
W A R N I N G
examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such reactions.

2-1
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

ESAOTE recommends disinfecting the probe, if the probe has not been
used for an extended period.

Do not immerse the probe cable or connector in water or other liquid.


Immersion may compromise the electrical safety features. The probe can
be inserted in water up to the Maximum Immersion Level. (see Appendix
A).

Note

Probes and needle guides supplied by ESAOTE are neither


disinfected nor sterilized.

Agents
Refer to Appendix B for a list of recommended cleaning, disinfection and
sterilization agents.

The disinfection/sterilization agents listed are recommended because of


W A R N I N G
chemical compatibility with the probe materials, and not related to
biological effectiveness. For information related to the biological
effectiveness of a disinfectant, refer to the guidelines and recommendations
of the disinfectant manufacturer.

Use of solutions other than those referenced is not recommended. They


may damage the probe housing or acoustic lens.

Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the agent for


proper use.

Personnel should adopt all necessary protective measures during the probe
cleaning, disinfection and sterilization processes (i.e. gloves, protective
glasses ….).

Never attempt to clean or disinfect the probes while they are connected to
the unit.

Probes Tightness to Liquids


See Appendix A for Do not immerse the probe cable or connector in water or other liquid. The probes
description of probes can be inserted in water up to the Maximum Immersion Level that will not
Maximum
Immersion Level.
compromise a probe’s integrity:

Connector immersion in water or other liquid can compromise the safety


W A R N I N G
feature of the probe. Damage caused by the probe immersion is not covered
under the warranty.

2-2
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Cleaning Probes Used in Non-Critical


Applications
The cleaning procedures described in this paragraph apply to all the probes used in
non-critical applications. An application is considered non-critical when the device
is used on intact skin.

Cleaning • Disconnect the probe from the unit


Procedure
Probes must be • Remove all residues of ultrasound gel from the probe using a soft
cleaned at regular cloth.
intervals to ensure
that they work • Clean the probe by rubbing it lightly with a soft cloth soaked in a
properly. Esaote solution of water and mild soap.
recommends removing
the gel from the probe • Rub the probe with a soft damp cloth to remove any soap residue.
between one
examination and the • Dry the probe by rubbing it with a soft dry cloth.
other; this keeps the
probes clean between
Disinfecting Probes Used in Non-Critical
one complete cleaning
procedure and the
Applications
next.

The disinfection procedures described in this paragraph apply to all probes used in
non-critical applications. The application is considered non critical when the device
is used on intact skin. Low-level disinfection is sufficient for these applications.
The probes can be disinfected using the recommended agents, following the
manufacturer’s instructions.

Disinfection • Disconnect the probe from the system.


Procedure
• Clean the probe as described in the previous paragraph.
• Immerse the probe casing in the recommended agent, following the
manufacturer’s instructions very carefully.
Do not immerse the entire body of the probe. The probe is not waterproof
W A R N I N G
and immersion may compromise the electrical safety characteristics (see
Appendix A for Maximum Immersion Level).

Do not soak the probe in the disinfection solution for periods beyond the
time required to achieve a disinfection.

Do not try to sterilize probes using the autoclave, ultra-violet rays, gamma
C A U T I O N
rays or gas, steam or heat sterilization techniques. These sterilization
methods can permanently damage the probe. Any damage to the probe
caused by substances or methods not approved by ESAOTE is not covered
by the guarantee.

2-3
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

• Extract the probe, rinse it with sterile water and clean the probe handle
and cable using the recommended agents or with a mild detergent
solution.
• Dry the probe carefully using a soft cloth or leave it to air dry for at
least 30 minutes.

Cleaning and Disinfecting Probes Used in Semi-


Critical Applications
The procedures described in this paragraph apply to all probes used in semi-critical
applications. The application is considered semi-critical when the device is used on
the mucous membranes. The use of sterile sheaths for this type of application is
recommended, and high-level disinfection is necessary. Wearing gloves is
recommended during probe cleaning and disinfecting operations. The probe must
be disinfected before it is used for the first time. The probe must be cleaned and
disinfected after every examination.

Esaote recommends • Disconnect the probe from the system.


disinfecting the probe
before it is used for • Remove the protective sheath; clean the probe handle, the transducer
the first time after
prolonged storage
and the endoscope with the recommended agent.
periods
Note

Handle any examination waste (protective sheath, gloves…) as if


potentially infected and treat it accordingly.

• If the probe is contaminated by body fluids, disinfect it before and


after cleaning.
• Immerse the probe casing into the recommended agents, following the
manufacturer’s instructions very carefully.

Do not leave the probe immersed in the disinfectant for longer than the
W A R N I N G
time indicated by the manufacturer for high-level disinfection.

Do not immerse the entire body of the probe. The probe is not waterproof
and immersion may compromise the electrical safety characteristics (see
Appendix A for Maximum Immersion Level).

• Extract the probe, rinse it with sterile water and clean the probe handle
and cable with a soft cloth dampened with a mild detergent solution.
• Dry the probe carefully using a soft cloth or leave it to air dry for at
least 30 minutes.

2-4
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Any damage to the probe caused by substances or methods not approved


C A U T I O N
by ESAOTE, such as steam (autoclave), ethylene oxide or radiation, are not
covered by the guarantee. These sterilization methods can permanently
damage the probe.

For information on how to store disinfected parts, refer to the locally applicable
procedures.

Cleaning and Sterilization of Intraoperative,


Laparoscopic probes and Needle Guide Kits
Please refer to next The procedures described in this paragraph apply to the intraoperative prove and
chapters for more its accessories, to the laparoscpic probes and all the kits used in critical applications.
information on the
accessories of the
The application is considered critical when the device comes into contact with
intraoperative probe. blood or compromised tissue. Sterilization is stipulated for this type of procedure.

Wearing gloves is recommended during cleaning and sterilization operations.

Personnel should adopt all necessary protective measures during the probe
W A R N I N G
cleaning, disinfection and sterilization processes (i.e. gloves, protective
glasses ….).

The probe, eventual accessories and the kit must be sterilized before it is used for
the first time. They must be cleaned and sterilized after every examination.

Esaote recommends • Dismantle the kit or the accessories from the probe.
sterilizing the probe
and the kit before • Clean the kit, the accessories or the probe carefully with mild soap.
they are used for the
first time after
prolonged storage
• Follow the instructions of the manufacturer of the sterilization agent.
periods.
Note

The material used for needle guide kits can undergo all the
sterilization methods used for surgical instruments.

The type of tissue the transducer comes into contact with establishes the
disinfection level.

For information on how to store sterilized parts, refer to the locally applicable
procedures.

2-5
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Cleaning and Sterilizing the Biopsy Attachment


of CAB411A Probe
Wearing gloves is recommended during cleaning and sterilization operations.

Clean the attachment with a mild soap solution; make sure that no residuals are
left.

Sterilization Place the attachment in an appropriate bag and use Ethylene Oxide Gas, at
Procedure following conditions:

• Temperature: below 55°C


• Gas pressurization: 1~2 kg/cm²
• Gas depressurization : 760 ~ 60 Torr
• Aeration : below 55°C
Note

Regard any exam waste (i.e., protective cover, etc.) as potentially


infectious material and dispose of it accordingly.

2-6
3
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S
Chapter

3 - The
Transesophageal Probe
The transesophageal probes (TEE022 and TE122) is a Type BF part. The probe
must be physically intact and the system correctly grounded for the electrical safety
of the patient and operator.

Read the Safety and Standards Manual carefully: all the safety
SS characteristics, cautions and warnings listed also apply to the use of this
probe.

In particular, remember that:

The system must be correctly grounded: it must be supplied from a socket


W A R N I N G
equipped with a protective earth connection .

Mobile configurations are fitted with insulated supply sockets for supplying
documentation systems without increasing the current leakage. Incorrect
connections or failure to use insulated sockets may compromise electrical
safety.

In case of doubts about the protective earth connection, DO NOT use the
probe and contact ESAOTE immediately.

Characteristics and Components


The TEE022 and TE122 transesophageal probes are designed for transesophageal
imaging of the heart in adult and pediatric patients respectively. The
transesophageal probe incorporates an array transducer which can be rotated 180°
to easily obtain all imaging planes. The probe tip can also be deflected for optimal
coupling.

These probes are equipped with a temperature sensor; MyLab models are designed
to use these sensor thermal data to prevent probe tip overheating.

Components 1. Probe cable and system connector

2. Probe handle with the probe tip deflection control and the transducer
rotational knob

3-1
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

3. Locking device

4. Probe shaft; this shaft has a length of 100 cm and is labeled in 10 cm


increments
5. Probe tip with the ultrasound transducer

TEE probes are 3


delivered with a
carrying case.

4
1 5

Examination Safety
The user must know The transesophageal examination is to be carried out by operators who
how to recognize have been specially trained to insert the probe and interpret the images.
contraindications to
the examination and
Carefully review current medical provisions and follow their precautions and
any possible recommendations concerning the preparation and positioning of the patient, probe
complications, such as insertion and manipulation techniques.
tip buckling.

Before the Examination

Before each examination :

• Perform a manual and visual inspection of the entire probe (see


Chapter 2 of this manual). DO NOT use the probe if it has been
damaged or if damage is suspected.
Physical damage to the probe may cause electrical or mechanical injury to
W A R N I N G
the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection against such
damage nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated electrically. DO
NOT USE the probe if you know or suspect that it has been damaged.

• Check that the probe deflection controls function correctly in all


directions and that they have not jammed.
• Make sure that the probe tip is free to move; the probe handle
provides a locking device which must be set to “loose” position.

3-2
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

• Use protective sheaths during the examination. These sheaths are


mainly composed of latex (natural rubber).
Make sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
W A R N I N G
examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such reactions.

• Always use a bite-proof mouthpiece to protect the probe from the


patient’s teeth.
Physical damage to the probe can cause electrical or mechanical injury to
W A R N I N G
the patient.

Damage caused to the probe due to failure to use a protective mouthpiece


C A U T I O N
is not covered by the guarantee.

Be familiar with the mechanical and thermal indices display and the ALARA
SS principle (As Low As Reasonably Achievable) before using the probe. The patient
must be exposed to ultrasound for as short a time as possible and only for as long
as it takes to achieve the diagnostic information.

During the Examination

Before probe use, check to be sure that the probe name shown on the
W A R N I N G
monitor is correct.

Esaote recommends the Operator to:

• Never force the probe during manipulation and extraction; if there is


any resistance in introducing the probe, interrupt the examination.
Make sure that the tip is straight and released before inserting or
removing the probe.
Insertion, manipulation or forced removal can seriously damage the
W A R N I N G
patient’s esophagus.

• Do not leave the probe against the esophagus wall for prolonged
periods.
• Cover the probe handle with a disposable cloth during examinations in
which the presence of pathogenic micro-organisms is suspected.
• If it is necessary to use the defibrillator, disconnect and remove the
probe from the patient.
Electric scalpels used
during the TEE Electric scalpels and other devices that introduce radio frequency or electro-
examination interfere magnetic current fields into the patient interfere with ultrasound images.
with the 2D and
make it impossible to
use Doppler
High frequency signals used by ultrasound can interfere with the functioning of
procedures. pacemakers.

3-3
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Even if the possibility of interference is remote, interrupt the examination


W A R N I N G immediately if interference with a pacemaker is noticed.

While using the system in combination with high frequency devices (like electro-
surgical units), be aware that a failure in the surgical device or a damage to the
transducer lens can cause electro-surgical currents that can burn the patient.
Thoroughly check the system and the probe before applying HF surgical currents
to the patient. Disconnect the probe when not imaging.

Physical damage to the probe may cause electrical or mechanical injury to


W A R N I N G
the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection against such
damage nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated electrically.
Perform a manual and visual check before each examination to ensure that
the probe is intact.

At the End of the Examination

At the end of the examination, Esaote recommends the Operator to:

• Clean and disinfect the probe, according to the instructions provided


in Chapter 2 of this manual.
• Store the probe as indicated in Chapter 1 of this manual.

Temperature Control
Transesophageal probes are equipped with a temperature sensor, to provide
AO continuous feed-back on the temperature of the probe tip; the ultrasound scanner
The Advanced
Operation manual constantly samples and displays the probe temperature.
indicates specific
in
information Once the probe is connected, the temperature is displayed on the screen.
applicable to your
MyLab model. To ensure patient safety, the ultrasound scanner “allows” a maximum temperature
of 42.5°C (108.5°F); if the probe reaches this limit, the system automatically de-
activates and displays a warning message.

As soon as the temperature goes down below the thermal limit, the message
disappears and the probe starts working again. The Operator should either wait for
the probe to cool down or interrupt the procedure and remove the probe from the
patient.

How to Minimize In normal conditions, the probe does not reach the thermal limit; the limit may be
Probe Heating reached in patients with fever or due to breakage of the thermal sensor. A list of
recommendations follows to prevent the probe from over-heating:

• Set the B-Mode angle at maximum

3-4
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

• The CFM mode is the greatest heat “generator”; limit the use of the
CFM as much as possible in patients with a high body temperature.
• Trans-gastric projections reduce heat dissipation; repositioning the
probe in the esophagus may make the probe cool down quickly.

Preparation of the Transesophageal Probe


Follow the instructions below to prepare the transesophageal probe.

Note

The Operator is recommended to wear gloves during the probe


preparation procedure.

See Chapter on The use of latex transducer covers is strongly recommended, along with a bite
Consumables for guard to protect the probe shaft. These items are available as accessory kits, which
selecting these
accessory kits
also contain items that facilitate placement of the probe cover on the transducer.

• Place the tip of the probe in a straight position and release it.

• Apply a sufficient quantity of ultrasound gel inside the sheath.


The protective sheaths available on the market often contain latex.
W A R N I N G
Make sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before
each examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported;
the Operator should be prepared to handle such reactions.

• Completely unroll the sheath along the transducer body, making it adhere,
so as to avoid air pockets.

• Secure the sheath with the rubber band provided.

Transducer Orientation
The probe handle wheels can be used to rotate the transducer inside the tip or to
change the tip position.

Transducer The rotation of the transducer is controlled by the smallest knob and is adjustable
Rotation from 0° to 180°. In the zero position, the transducer will scan the transversal plane.
The zero, 90° and 180° positions are marked on the knob.

The MyLab system screen displays the transducer’s current orientation.


AO

3-5
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Tip Position The probe tip can be oriented to optimize tissue contact. The articulation of the
flexibile part of the probe is controlled by the largest knob; up- and back-wards
adjsutments are feasable:

• 120° upwards (clockwise rotation of the knob)

• 90° backwards (counter- clockwise rotation of the knob)

The zero position is marked on the knob. This knob can be locked into position by
engaging the locking device, located next to the knob. This locking device has two
color coded positions: on red, the tip is locked, on grey the tip is loose.
During probe
insertion, make sure
that the tip is
unlocked (grey
locking device)

3-6
4
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S
Chapter

4 - The Endocavity
Probes
The endocavity (EC123 and E8-5) and transrectal (TRT33) probes are Type BF
parts. As per directive EN60601-1, the probe must be physically intact and the
system correctly grounded for the electrical safety of the patient and operator.

Read the Safety and Standards Manual carefully: all the safety
SS characteristics, cautions and warnings listed also apply to the use of this
probe.

In particular, remember that:

The system must be correctly grounded: it must be supplied from a socket


W A R N I N G S
equipped with a protective earth connection.

Mobile configurations are fitted with insulated supply sockets for supplying
documentation systems without increasing the leakage current. Incorrect
connections or failure to use insulated sockets may compromise electrical
safety.

In case of doubts about the protective earth connection, DO NOT use the
probe and contact ESAOTE immediately.

Characteristics and Components


The EC123 and E8-5 probes incorporate a high frequency convex transducer for
sagittal (transverse) endorectal or endovaginal scanning.

The TRT33 incorporates both a convex transducer and a linear transducer for
longitudinal and transversal scanning.

The EC123 and TRT33 probes are delivered with the following accessories:

• Storage case
• Tubing kit (60 cc syringe with IV extension tubing and stopcock)

4-1
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Examination Safety
Endocavity probes must be used by operators who have been specially
trained to insert the probe and interpret the images. Carefully review current
medical provisions and follow their precautions and recommendations concerning
the preparation and positioning of the patient, probe insertion and manipulation
techniques.

Before the Examination


Before each examination Esaote recommends the Operator to:

• Perform a manual and visual inspection of the entire probe before


using it (see Chapter 2 of this manual). DO NOT use the probe if it
has been damaged or if you suspect damage.
Physical damage to the probe may cause electrical or mechanical injury to
W A R N I N G
the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection against these
damages nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated electrically. DO
NOT USE the probe if you know or suspect that it has been damaged.

• Use protective sheaths during the examination. These sheaths are


mainly composed of latex (natural rubber).

Note

Esaote recommends use of sterile sheaths in intravaginal


examinations.

Make sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
W A R N I N G
examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such reactions.

The Operator should be familiar with the mechanical and thermal indices display
SS and the ALARA principle (As Low As Reasonably Achievable) before using the
probe. The patient must be exposed to ultrasound for as short a time as possible
and only for as long as it takes to achieve the diagnostic information.

During the Examination


Before probe use, check to be sure that the probe name shown on the
W A R N I N G
monitor is correct

During the examination Esaote recommended the Operator to:

• Never force the probe during insertion or removal.


Forced insertion or removal may wound the patient.
W A R N I N G

4-2
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

• Cover the probe handle with a disposable cloth during examinations in


which the presence of pathogenic micro-organisms is suspected.
Electric scalpels used Electric scalpels, and other devices that introduce radio frequency or electro-
during the magnetic current fields into the patient, interfere with ultrasound images.
examination may
interfere with the 2D
and make it While using the system in combination with high frequency devices (like electro-
impossible to use surgical units), be aware that a failure in the surgical device or a damage to the
Doppler procedures. transducer lens can cause electro-surgical currents that can burn the patient.
Thoroughly check the system and the probe before applying HF surgical currents
to the patient. Disconnect the probe when not imaging.

Physical damage to the probe may cause electrical or mechanical injury to


W A R N I N G
the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection against such
damage nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated electrically.
Perform a manual and visual check before each examination to ensure that
the probe is intact.

At the End of the Examination


At the end of the examination, Esaote recommends the Operator to:

• Clean and disinfect the probe, according to the instructions provided


in Chapter 2 of this manual.
• Store the probe as indicated in Chapter 1 of this manual.

Preparation of the Endocavity Probes


Follow the instructions below for preparing the endocavity probe.

Note

The Operator is recommended to wear gloves during the probe


preparation procedure
See Chapter on
consumables for
selecting the gel and
sheathes. • Apply a sufficient quantity of ultrasound gel inside the sheath.
The protective sheaths available on the market often contain latex. Make
W A R N I N G
sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such reactions.

• Completely unroll the sheath along the transducer body, making it adhere,
so as to avoid air pockets.

• Secure the sheath with the rubber band provided.

4-3
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

• To make it easier to insert the endocavity probe, apply some water-based


lubricating gel on the tip of the transducer.

Water Stand-Off for EC123 and TRT33 Probes


Both EC123 and TRT33 endocavity probes have two communicating holes, one at
the tip and one at the base, that make it possible to use water stand-off to optimize
probe adherence in transrectal examinations. The probes are equipped with a 60 cc
syringe with tubes that allow water to be injected.

• Cover the part of the probe that can be immersed with the stand-off
cap and attach it with the rubber band provided at about 5 cm. from
the tip; make sure the water intake hole is below the band.
• Fill a 60 cc syringe with sterile water.
• Apply the tap valve to the syringe.
• Connect a section of the IV tube to one end of the tap; the other end
of the IV tube must be inserted into the probe-filling hole.
• Open the tap; inject about 30 cc of water into the probe.
• To eliminate air bubbles, turn the probe upwards holding it by the
Eliminate the air handle; the bubbles will rise towards the water intake hole.
bubbles between the
transducer and the • Suck air back into the syringe; close the tap to remove the syringe and
sheath; air bubbles expel the air.
impede the
transmission of • Repeat this procedure until all the air bubbles have been eliminated.
ultrasound.
• Replace water, without air, back into the syringe and close the valve;
leave the tube and the syringe connected.
• Apply ultrasound examination gel to the tip of the stand-off.
• Cover the portion of the probe that is to be inserted with the
protection cap.
The protective sheaths available on the market often contain latex. Make
W A R N I N G
sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such reactions.

• To make insertion easier, apply some lubricating gel to the tip of the
probe.
Once the probe is in the correct position, fill the stand-off with water again. To
optimize image quality, use enough water to ensure that the probe adheres as well
as possible to the rectal wall.

Do not remove the probe from the rectum if the probe tip is still full of water.

4-4
5
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S
Chapter

5 - The Intraoperative
Probe
The intraoperative probe (IOE323) is a Type BF part. The probe must be physically
intact and the system properly grounded for the electrical safety of the patient and
operator.

SS Read the Safety and Standards Manual carefully: all the safety
characteristics, cautions and warnings listed also apply to the use of this
probe.

In particular, remember that:

The system must be properly grounded: it must be supplied from a socket


W A R N I N G
equipped with a protective ground connection.

Mobile configurations are fitted with insulated supply sockets for supplying
electricity to the systems without increasing the leakage current. Incorrect
connections or failure to use insulated sockets may compromise electrical
safety.

If in doubt about the protective ground connection, DO NOT use the


probe and contact ESAOTE immediately.

Characteristics and Components


The IOE323 incorporates a high frequency linear transducer for intraoperative
scanning.

The probe is delivered with the following accessories:

• Storage case

• Handle attachment

• Finger attachment

• Sled attachment

5-1
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

• Biopsy attachment.

The IOE323 probe is designed to form an angle of 45° between the head, which
houses the transducer and the terminal portion where the cable is connected.

The terminal portion of the probe has a square shape to accommodate accessories
available for use with the probe, offering maximum comfort during surgical
ultrasonography.

The probe accessories are shaped in a manner to prevent rotation and to improve
patient safety.

Probe’s Transducer

4 flat facets at 90°

45° angle

Probe’s Cable

Examination Safety
The intraoperative examination is to be carried out by operators who have
been specially trained to use the probe and interpret the images. Carefully
review current medical provisions and follow their precautions and
recommendations concerning the preparation and positioning of the patient, probe
insertion and manipulation techniques.

Do not use the intraoperative probe in direct contact with the heart, the
W A R N I N G
central circulatory system and the central nervous system.

Before the Examination


Before each examination :

• Perform a manual and visual inspection of the entire probe prior to use
(see Chapter 2 of this manual). DO NOT use the probe if it has been
damaged or if damage is suspected.

Physical damage to the probe may cause electrical or mechanical injury to


W A R N I N G
the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection against these

5-2
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

damages nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated electrically. DO


NOT USE the probe if damage is known or suspected.

• Use protective sheaths during the examination. These sheaths are usually
composed of latex (natural rubber).

Make sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
W A R N I N G examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such reactions.

Note

Esaote recommends use of sterile sheaths in intraoperative


examinations.

The operator must be familiar with the mechanical and thermal indices display and
SS the ALARA principle (As Low As Reasonably Achievable) before using the probe.
The patient must be exposed to ultrasound for as short a time as possible and only
for as long as necessary to achieve the diagnostic information.

During the Examination


Before probe use, check to be sure that the probe name shown on the
W A R N I N G
monitor is correct

During the examination, Esaote recommends that the Operator:

• Cover the probe handle with a disposable cloth during examinations in


which the presence of pathogenic micro-organisms is suspected.

Electric scalpels used Electric scalpels and other devices that introduce radio frequency or electro-
during the IOE magnetic current fields into the patient interfere with ultrasound images.
examination interfere
with the 2D and While using the system in combination with high frequency devices (like electro-
make it impossible to
use Doppler
surgical units), be aware that a failure in the surgical device or a damage to the
procedures. transducer lens can cause electro-surgical currents that can burn the patient.
Thoroughly check the system and the probe before applying HF surgical currents
to the patient. Disconnect the probe when not imaging.

Physical damage to the probe may cause electrical or mechanical injury to


W A R N I N G
the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection against such
damage nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated electrically.
Perform a manual and visual check before each examination to ensure that
the probe is intact.

5-3
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

At the End of the Examination


At the end of the examination, Esaote recommends that the Operator:

• Clean and sterilize the probe, according to the instructions provided in


Chapter 2 of this manual.

• Store the probe as indicated in Chapter 1 of this manual.

Preparation of the Intraoperative Probe


Follow the instructions below for preparing the intraoperative probe.

Note

The operator is recommended to wear gloves during the probe


preparation procedure
See Chapter 8 on
consumables for
selecting the gel and
sheathes. • Apply a sufficient quantity of ultrasound gel inside the sheath.
The protective sheaths available on the market often contain latex. Make
W A R N I N G
sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such reactions.

Note

Esaote recommends use of sterile sheaths in intraoperative


examinations.

• Completely unroll the sheath along the transducer body, making it adhere,
so as to avoid air pockets.

• Secure the sheath with the rubber band provided.

5-4
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Handle
The handle attachment, is inclined 30 degrees, and can be placed on the probe in
attachment four different positions to form four different shapes (profiles) A, B, C and D as
shown below and on the following pages:

Probe’s Transducer

4 facets at 90°

Probe’s Holder

30° inclination

5-5
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Probe’s Transducer

Probe’s
Transducer
A B

Probe’s Transducer

C D

5-6
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Finger attachment The Finger Attachment allows manipulation of the Intraoperative IOE323 probe
for use with only two fingers.

The 4 facets, at 90 degrees, allow the user to obtain four different insertion
methods with the probe.

4 facets @ 90°

finger attachment

finger attachment

transducer

The finger attachment can be used in four different configurations in order to


more closely adapt to the surface being evaluated. In intraoperative applications, it
is possible to insert the probe below, adjacent to, or on top of the structure of
interest.

5-7
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Following are the four different IOE323 probe attachment designs.

Sled attachment The sled attachment has been developed to provide easier manipulation of the
probe during both intraoperative and superficial scanning. The attachment
corresponds to the ergonomics of the probe, and is the same length as the
transducer.

The correct position of the SLED attachment is shown below.

5-8
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

To place the attachment on the probe, follow the procedure described below. The
sequence is also shown in the following design.

1. Place the sled attachment at the tip of the transducer.

2. Rotate the sled attachment around the probe until it is safely in place
between the two lateral extensions of the attachment.

3. Press the transducer inside the holder, hearing a click, to assure secure
and complete insertion.

4. To remove the sled attachment, reverse the procedure.

5-9
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

5-10
6
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S
Chapter

6 - The Laparoscopic
Probe
The laparoscopic probe (LP323) is a Type BF part. The probe must be physically
intact and the system properly grounded for the electrical safety of the patient and
operator.

Read the Safety and Standards Manual carefully: all the safety
characteristics, cautions and warnings listed also apply to the use of this
probe.

In particular, remember that:

The system must be properly grounded: it must be supplied from a socket


W A R N I N G
equipped with a protective ground connection.

Mobile configurations are fitted with insulated supply sockets for supplying
electricity to the systems without increasing the leakage current. Incorrect
connections or failure to use insulated sockets may compromise electrical
safety.

If in doubt about the protective ground connection, DO NOT use the


probe and contact ESAOTE immediately.

Characteristics and Components


The LP323 incorporates a high frequency linear transducer for laparoscopic
scanning.

The probe is delivered with the following accessories:

• Storage case

• Polyurethane laparoscopic cover

• Syringe filled with transmission gel,

• Extension tube

6-1
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

• Cable cover and fixing tape

LP323 Probe

The LP323 probe has an articulation that allows a double movement of its
extremity in order to position the transducer directly on to the surface of the organ
under evaluation. This movement is adjustable by two control levers located on the
probe handle.

Examination Safety
The laproscopic examination is to be carried out by operators who have
been specially trained to use the probe and interpret the images. Carefully
review current medical provisions and follow their precautions and
recommendations concerning the preparation and positioning of the patient, probe
insertion and manipulation techniques.

Do not use the laparoscopic probe in direct contact with the heart, the
W A R N I N G
central circulatory system and the central nervous system.

Before the Examination


Before each examination :

• Perform a manual and visual inspection of the entire probe prior to use
(see Chapter 2 of this manual). DO NOT use the probe if it has been
damaged or if damage is suspected.

Physical damage to the probe may cause electrical or mechanical injury to


W A R N I N G
the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection against these
damages nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated electrically. DO
NOT USE the probe if damage is known or suspected.

• Use protective sheaths during the examination. These sheaths are usually
composed of latex (natural rubber).

6-2
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Note

Esaote recommends use of sterile sheaths in laparoscopic


examinations.

Make sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
W A R N I N G examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such reactions.

Be familiar with the mechanical and thermal indices display and the ALARA
SS principle (As Low As Reasonably Achievable) before using the probe. The patient
must be exposed to ultrasound for as short a time as possible and only for as long
as necessary to achieve the diagnostic information.

During the Examination


Before probe use, check to be sure that the probe name shown on the
W A R N I N G
monitor is correct

During the examination, Esaote recommends that the Operator:

• Never force the probe during insertion or removal.

Before introducing the LP323 probe into the Trocar verify that there is no
W A R N I N G
mechanical play of the tip of the probe.

While inserting the LP323 probe into the Trocar, the tip of the probe should
be in a straight position.

Forced insertion or removal may harm the patient.

• Cover the probe handle with a disposable cloth during examinations in


which the presence of pathogenic micro-organisms is suspected.

Electric scalpels used Electric scalpels and other devices that introduce radio frequency or electro-
during the LP magnetic current fields into the patient interfere with ultrasound images.
examination interfere
with the 2D and While using the system in combination with high frequency devices (like electro-
make it impossible to
use Doppler
surgical units), be aware that a failure in the surgical device or a damage to the
procedures. transducer lens can cause electro-surgical currents that can burn the patient.
Thoroughly check the system and the probe before applying HF surgical currents
to the patient. Disconnect the probe when not imaging.

Physical damage to the probe may cause electrical or mechanical injury to


W A R N I N G
the patient. Protective sheaths DO NOT provide protection against such
damage nor do they guarantee that the probe is insulated electrically.
Perform a manual and visual check before each examination to ensure that
the probe is intact.

6-3
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

At the End of the Examination


At the end of the examination, Esaote recommends that the Operator:

• Clean and disinfect the probe, according to the instructions provided in


Chapter 2 of this manual.

• Store the probe as indicated in Chapter 1 of this manual.

Preparation of the Laparoscopic Probe


Follow the instructions below for preparing the laparoscopic probe.

Note

The Operator is recommended to wear gloves during the probe


preparation procedure
See Chapter 8 on
consumables for
selecting the gel and
sheathes. • Apply a sufficient quantity of ultrasound gel inside the sheath.
The protective sheaths available on the market often contain latex. Make
W A R N I N G
sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such reactions.

Note

Esaote recommends use of sterile sheaths in intraoperative


examinations.

• Completely unroll the sheath along the transducer body, making it adhere,
so as to avoid air pockets.

• Secure the sheath with the rubber band provided.

6-4
7
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S
Chapter

7 - Needle Guide Kits


Consult your MyLab “Advanced Operations” manual for correct use of the needle
AO guide.

ESAOTE supplies a series of optional adaptors for the biopsy needle guide, fitted
with special couplings for connection to the probe. The following table lists the
available kits.

Biopsy adaptor Probe Kit contents


ABS421 CA421 1 20° coupling, 1 30° coupling+ 5 needle guides
CA430
CA431
ABS621 CA621 1 25° coupling, 1 35° coupling + 5 needle guides
CA631
ABS1421 CA1421 1 36.3° coupling
ABS523 LA523 1 coupling (45° angle) + 5 needle guides
LA522
LA532
ABS424 LA424 1 coupling (45° angle) + 5 needle guides
LA435
ABS123 EC123 1 coupling (3.8° angle) + 1 needle guide
ABS15 IOE323 1 coupling (45° angle) + 5 needle guides
ABS33 TRT33 1 coupling (90° angle) + 2 needle guides
See Appendix A in this manual for probes characteristics. The kits for LA, CA and
Intraoperative probes include 14, 18, 20, 21, and 22 gauge needles; the kit for the
endocavity probe has a guide for a 16 gauge needle; the kit for the transrectal probe
includes 14, 16, 18 and 20 gauge needles.

Do not use needle guides other than those described in this manual.
W A R N I N G

ABS421, ABS424, ABS1421, ABS523, ABS621 and ABS15 kits are composed of
stainless steel; the ABS123 and ABS33 needle guide kits are composed of titanium.
Disposable needle In addition to the above mentioned biopsy adaptors, the CA and LA probes are
guides for CA and equipped with four biopsy kits composed of sterilizable mounting brackets and
LA probes
disposable needle guides1. The following table lists the available kits.

1 Manufactured by Protek Medical, www.protekmedical.com

7-1
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Biopsy adaptor Probe Kit contents


DBS421/431 CA421 1 20° coupling, 1 30° coupling+ 5 needle guides
CA430
CA431
DBS621/631 CA621 1 25° coupling, 1 35° coupling + 5 needle guides
CA631
DBS523 LA523 1 coupling (45° angle) + 5 needle guides
LA522
LA532
DBS424/435 LA424 1 coupling (45° angle) + 5 needle guides
LA435
Each kit contains sterile probe cover, sterile needle guide, sterile gel and sterile
elastic bands plus non-sterile mounting bracket and non-sterile verification kit. The
sterile needle guides are of different colour to match the needle to be used. The
needle guides are sterile but cannot be re-sterilized.

The biopsy adaptors must be attached to the probes using the alignment pivots, as
below described. Follow the instructions provided with these kits to properly use
them and to clean, disinfect and sterilize them.

Examination Safety
All safety information related to the use of the needle guide kits is in addition to the
SS safety procedures described for the system and for the probes. Consult your MyLab
“Safety & Standard” manual for additional safety information.

Before the Examination


Before each examination, Esaote recommends that the Operator:

• Handle the biopsy kit and the probe with sterile gloves.
• Perform a visual check of the adaptor and needle guides: do not use
them if any damage or distortion is found.
• Use protective sheaths during the examination. These sheaths are
primarily composed of latex (natural rubber).

Note

Using sterile sheaths is recommended for intraoperative and biopsy


procedures.

Make sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
W A R N I N G
examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such a reaction.

During the Examination


Pay particular attention to the ultrasound image during the insertion of the needle
into the body, checking that the needle follows the displayed line.

7-2
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

The lines displayed on the monitor only provides an indication of the needle
W A R N I N G
direction, according to the selected guide. Pay particular attention to the
ultrasound image during the insertion of the needle into the body and be
sure that the needle always stays within the displayed area.

Before performing the biopsy-test, check for the correct assembly and
positioning of the biopsy kit. Also, check that the insertion angle is equal to
the angle selected via the user interface software.

Needle insertion in a guide with an insertion angle other than that of the
selected angle involves risks to patient safety.

At the End of the Examination


At the end of the examination Esaote recommends that the Operator:
Chapter 2 provides
cleaning, disinfection
• clean and sterilize the kit,
and sterilization
instructions.
• clean and disinfect the probe used during the biopsy.

Mounting the Needle Guide for LA and CA


Probes
Adaptors for LA and CA biopsy probes are composed of two parts: the coupling
to be connected to the relative probe and the needle guide device.

• Make sure that the probe has been disinfected.


• Apply ultrasound examination gel to the probe or to the tip of the
protection cap.
• Cover the probe with the protective cap securing it with the rubber
band provided.
The protective sheaths available on the market often contain latex. Make
W A R N I N G
sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such a reaction.

• Connect the kit to the probe, positioning the two alignment pins on
the special notches on the probe.

Note

The guiding device for needle insertion must be on the same probe
side of the LED. The coupling must click into the special notch on
the probe.

7-3
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Note

When using the disposable biopsy adaptors and with the ABS1421,
the coupling device has to be mounted before inserting the protective
cap; this will allow to safely use the same coupling device in different
exams.

Needle

Fixture screw for


the needle guide
The following figures
show an example of
how the ABS523 is
assembled on the
LA523.
Fixture screw
for the coupling

Make sure the bottom cone shaped part (at the bottom of the bracket) is
W A R N I N G
screwed into the indentation at the bottom of the top curved portion of the
probe. If the user does not perform this operation correctly, the insertion
angle can be wrong causing a risk to patient safety.

For disassembly of the biopsy kit, reverse the previous procedure.

Disposable Biopsy Kit for CA1421 Probe


The CA1421 probe is available with a disposable biopsy kit including a guide for 14,
16, 18, 20, 22 and 25 gauge needles. The kit can be ordered from CIVCO.

Manufacturer Manufacturer’s Contents


kit code
CIVCO2 Medical 610-137 Disposable sterile kit with needle guides,
Instruments, Inc, Kalona, IA 8x45cm sheath, seal and gel.
(USA)
The plastic disposable guide is sterile, but cannot be re-sterilized. For a correct use
of the disposable biopsy kit, please refer to the manufacturer’s instruction.

2 Civco Medical Instruments, Kalona IOWA; www.civcomedical.com

7-4
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Mounting the Needle Guide for CAB411A Probes


CAB411A is a special probe designed for biopsy. The bracket for CAB411A
biopsy probe consists of only one plastic part with three different insertion angles
(0°, 15° and 30° degrees). Each bracket has imprinted the dimension of supported
needles: 14, 16, 17, 19, 20 and 23 gauge needles.


15°
30

Needles
dimension

The innovative design allows easy removal of the biopsy attachment while the
needle is inserted in the tissue.

Note

Brackets supplied by ESAOTE are neither disinfected nor sterilized.

• Make sure that the probe has been disinfected


• Apply ultrasound examination gel to the probe or to the tip of the
protection cap.
• Cover the probe with the protective cap; secure with the rubber band
provided.
The protective sheaths available on the market often contain latex. Make
W A R N I N G
sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such a reaction.

• Close the bracket by folding in half.


• Insert the bracket into the gap on the scan head paying attention to
push it into the special safety catch on the probe.

7-5
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

• Insert the needle guide in one of the three holes formed between the
wings of the bracket paying attention to choose the correct insertion
angle.
The figure shows an
example of how the
needle guide is
assembled on the
CAB411A..

For disassembly of the biopsy kit, reverse the previous procedure.

Mounting the Endocavity Probe Needle Guide


EC123 Endocavity Probe
The ABS123 endocavity biopsy probe is composed of two parts: the coupling to be
connected to the probe and the needle guide device.
Biopsy kit for the
EC123 probe

• Make sure that the probe has been disinfected.


• Apply ultrasound examination gel to the probe or to the tip of the
protection cap.
• Cover the probe with the protective cap securing it with the rubber
band provided.
The protective sheaths available on the market often contain latex. Make
W A R N I N G
sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such a reaction.

7-6
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

• Connect the kit to the probe, positioning the two alignment pins on
the special notches on the probe.

Needle
Needle guide
Holder
Needle guide
fixing

Alignment
Hinge
Hinge fixing

• Close the clamp and tighten it using the special ratchet.


• Insert the needle guide and tighten it onto the coupling.
The EC123 kit is also available with a disposable biopsy kit. The kit can be ordered
from CIVCO.

Manufacturer Manufacturer’s Contents


kit code
CIVCO3 Medical 610-693 Disposable sterile kit with needle guide,
Instruments, Inc, Kalona, IA 2x20cm sheath, 3.5x20cm sheath, seal and
(USA) gel.
The assembly procedure for this kit is identical to that of the metal biopsy kit; the
biopsy kit must be attached to the probe using the alignment pivots. The plastic
disposable guide is sterile, but cannot be re-sterilized. For a correct use of the
disposable biopsy kit, please refer to the manufacturer’s instruction.

E8-5 Endocavity Probe


The E8-5 probe is available with a disposable biopsy kit with 3° coupling angle.
The kit can be ordered from CIVCO.

Manufacturer Manufacturer’s Contents


kit code
CIVCO3 Medical 610-543 Disposable sterile kit with needle guide,
Instruments, Inc, Kalona, IA 2x20cm sheath, seal and gel.
(USA)
The assembly procedure for this kit is identical to the one described for the metal
needle guide; the needle guide must be attached to the probe using the alignment
pivots. The plastic disposable guide is sterile, but cannot be re-sterilized. For a
correct use of the disposable biopsy kit, please refer to the manufacturer’s
instruction

3 Civco Medical Instruments, Kalona Iowa; www.civcomedical.com

7-7
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Mounting the Trans-rectal Probe Needle Guide


The trans-rectal biopsy kit is composed of two parts: the coupling to be connected
to the probe and the needle guide device.
Biopsy kit for the
TRT33 probe

The position of the needle-guide is adjustable both longitudinally and along the
depth.

The longitudinal adjustment is performed by the horizontal sliding of the vertical


guide onto the horizontal guide. The attachment is made by the “longitudinal
position sliding block”.

The vertical adjustment allows the user to change the needle depth in the linear
transducer field of view and is performed by sliding the needle guide along the
vertical track. To guarantee the precision of the adjustment, the vertical guide has a
scale in centimeters (1cm to 5cm) corresponding to the depth shown in the
ultrasound image; the needle guide has two notches to indicate each of the two
guides for the supported needles. By rotating the needle guide the user can select
the gauge. The “Needle guide fixing pawl” holds the guide in place.

• Make sure that the probe has been disinfected.

7-8
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

• Apply ultrasound examination gel to the probe or to the tip of the


protection cap.
• Cover the probe with the protective cap; secure with the rubber band
provided.
The protective sheaths available on the market often contain latex. Make
W A R N I N G
sure that patients who are allergic to latex are identified before each
examination. Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported; the
Operator should be prepared to handle such a reaction.

• Connect the horizontal guide to the probe, positioning it on the


groove on the probe and screwing the attachment system.
• Adjust the needle guide on the vertical guide to choose the correct
depth for the exam.
• Slide the vertical guide on the horizontal one so that it fits in the
desired position.
• Attach the vertical guide with the “longitudinal position sliding screw”.
• Insert the needle into the guide paying particular attention to choose
the correct needle guide hole.
For disassembly of the biopsy kit, reverse the previous procedure.

Mounting the Intraoperative Probe Needle Guide


The ABS15 needle guide kit consists of two components: one bracket to hook the
needle guide to the probe handle attachment and a needle guide to attach to the
bracket. These two components can be disassembled to enable easier cleaning and
sterilization.

Kit assembling
The ABS15 biopsy kit can only be placed on the probe handle attachment as
shown below.

Check the integrity of the probe and needle guide and assemble the biopsy kit as
follow:

• Once the biopsy kit has been positioned on the handle attachment as
shown in picture 1, insert the biopsy bracket into the grooves on the
handle attachment by sliding the biopsy bracket to the end of the
groove. Attach the bracket with the screw provided.

7-9
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

• Choose the needle guide acceptable for the diameter of the needle to
be used and insert it into the bracket.

• Attach the needle guide to the bracket with the screw provided.

• The needle can then be inserted into the hole formed between the
bracket and the attached needle guide.
If necessary, the needle guide attachment can be removed from the handle
attachment without removing the needle.

For disassembly of the biopsy kit reverse the previous procedure.

7-10
8
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S
Chapter

8 - Accessories and
Consumables

ECG Cable
The leads on the ECG cable supplied by Esaote are equipped with a pliers terminal. Any
button electrode can be used with the ECG cable. We recommend using disposable
Ag/AgCl electrodes. Read the manufacturer’s instructions carefully for correct use of the
electrodes.

Checking the ECG Cable


A periodic check should be made of the ECG cable.

ECG Cable Disconnect the cable from the system and check that there are no breaks or slits.
Inspection

Note

Esaote recommends replacing the ECG cable if there are any breaks
or slits.

Cleaning and Disinfecting the ECG Cable


Periodically clean the ECG cable and electrodes so that they remain in optimal working
order.

Never try to clean or disinfect the ECG cable when it is still connected to the unit.
W A R N I N G

Equipment The equipment listed in the following table will be necessary for periodic maintenance
procedures.

CIDEX OPA® is Agent Destined for


a Johnson&Johnson Solution of mild soap and water Cleaning the ECG cable and electrodes
Ltd. Registered
brand. CIDEX OPA Disinfecting the ECG cable
Indicated by the manufacturer Disinfecting the electrodes

8-1
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Cleaning • Disconnect the cable from the system.


Procedure
• Dust the cable coupling with a soft cloth.

• Clean the cable by rubbing it gently with a soft cloth dampened with water
and a mild detergent.
Do not immerse the ECG cable further than the start of the leads. The cable is not
C A U T I O N
waterproof.

• Rub the cable gently with a soft cloth slightly dampened with a mild detergent
solution or alcohol.

• Dry the cable by rubbing it gently with a soft, dry cloth.


Disinfection The ECG cable can be disinfected using CIDEX OPA, following the manufacturer’s
Procedure instructions.

• Disconnect the cable from the system.

• Clean the cable as explained in the previous paragraph.

• Immerse the ECG cable leads in CIDEX OPA. When using the disinfectant
substance, carefully follow the manufacturer’s instructions.

Stand Off for Linear Probes


The stand off part number 9650030000 allows to keep some distance between the probe
head and the skin, thus moving the focus area of the probe. The use of a stand off is
therefore valuable when studying the tissue surface in musculo-skeletal and vascular
applications.

The stand off can be mounted on all MyLab linear probes with size 4 e 5 cm (LA 4XX and
LA5XX probe families).

8-2
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

To get the desired distance the operator has to fill with water (preferably sterile) or
ultrasound gel the contact pocket equipped with a cock.. The pocket can be filled and
emptied using a syringe which perfectly suits into the cock opening.

During the exam, check that the cock is perfectly closed and correctly mounted on
C A U T I O N
its case, to avoid fluid leaks or air bubbles.

Using the Stand- • Immerse the stand off into water before each use.
Off
• Apply ultrasound gel on the probe.

• Place the stand off on the probe sliding it till some gel comes out from the lower
part of the pocket, on the base of the filling tube.

• Apply ultrasound gel on the stand off (between the contact pocket and the
patient).

When the stand off is not used, it is recommended to store it far from light sources,
C A U T I O N
to avoid early ageing of the rubber.

Cleaning and The stand off is made of natural rubber and can be cleaned with a mild soap. Thoroughly
Disinfecting rinse it with water , expecially after each contact with disinfectant agents.

The use of germicidal lamps and/or disinfectant agents containing quaternary


C A U T I O N
ammonium compound is not recommended as they could damage the stand-off.

To dry the stand off, use warm air at 60° or a clean cloth.

Sterilizing Sterilization cam be performed in autoclave at 134°C for 20 minutes, if the contact pocket
doesn’t contain ultrasound gel.

Gel
Transmission gel must always be applied to probes to obtain correct probe-patient contact.
Esaote recommends only using water or glycerine-based ultrasound gel.

Do not use gels containing the substances listed below. The transducer could be
C A U T I O N
damaged if such gels are used.

Substances to Be • acetone
Excluded
• methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol

• denatured ethyl alcohol

• mineral oil

• iodine

• any lotion or gel containing perfume

• glycol

8-3
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

The following table indicates ultrasound gels that have tested compatibility with MyLab.

Product Supplier
Aquasonic® Parker Laboratories, Inc.
Scan® New Jersey, USA

Sheaths
The use of protective sheaths is recommended in all clinical situations where there is a risk
of infection. Specific sheaths are available on the market for most types of Esaote probes.
The sheaths listed below are produced by CIVCO Medical Instruments Inc., Kalona, IA
(USA). Refer to the manufacturer’s instructions for the characteristics and use of the
protective sheaths.

See later for sheaths included in accessory kits.

LA and CA Probes Probes Manufacturer’s Measurements Sterile Latex


kit code
LA424, LA435, LA522, 610-001 8.9 x 61 cm Yes No
LA523, LA532
CA421, CA621, CA430, 610-002 14 x 61 cm Yes No
CA431, CA631, BC431

EC123 and TRT33 Manufacturer’s code Measurements Sterile Latex


Probes 610-006 Can be reduced from Yes No
11.9 to 4.6 x 61 cm
610-007 Can be reduced from No No
11.9 to 4.6 x 61 cm
610-214 3.5 x 20 cm Yes Yes
610-010 3.5 x 20 cm No Yes
610-075 2 x 20 cm Yes Yes
610-039 2 x 20 cm No Yes

IOE323 Probe The intraoperative probe uses the Esaote sterilized sheath Ref.1000000065.

LP323 Probe TheLaparoscopic probe uses the Esaote sterilized sheath Ref.7900000210.

Accessory Kits for Transesophageal Probes


The kits listed below are produced by CIVCO Medical Instruments Inc., Kalona, IA
(USA). Refer to the manufacturer’s instructions for the characteristics and use of the kits.

TEE022 Probe Manufacturer’s code Content Sterile Latex


610-840 Bite-guard and sheath No No
with application kit

8-4
A
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S
Appendix

Appendix A - MyLab
Probes
This chapter provides a list of MyLab probes with their main characteristics; system
GS dependent features are described in your model documentation.

Probes The name of ESAOTE probes includes:


Denomination
• a prefix indicating the technology used (ex. PA = Phased Array, CA =
convex transducer etc )
• a number indicating the transducer type
• when applicable, a letter indicating the production site
The user manual and the display always identifies the probe, by using the prefix
and the number only.

Phased Array Probes


Probe ID Maximum immersion level
PA230 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
PA121 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
PA122 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
PA023 Up to 3 cm from transducer head

Linear Probes
Probe ID Maximum immersion level
LA522 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
LA532 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
LA523 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
LA424 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
LA435 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
LA923 Up to 3 cm from transducer head

A-1
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Convex Probes
Probe ID Maximum immersion level
CA421 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
CA431 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
CA430 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
CA621 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
CA631 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
CA123 Up to 3 cm from transducer head
CAB411A Up to 4 cm from transducer head

Specialty Probes

Transesophageal
(Adults)
Probe ID TEE022
Technology Phased Array
Imaging plane 0-1800
Maximum immersion level Up to 1 m from transducer head

Transesophageal Probe ID TEE122


(Pediatric) Technology Phased Array
Imaging plane 0-1800
Maximum immersion level Up to 70 cm from transducer
head

Endocavity Probe ID EC123


Technology Convex Array
Imaging plane Sagittal
Maximum immersion level Up to 25 cm from transducer
head

Probe ID E8-5
Technology Convex Array
Imaging plane Sagittal
Maximum immersion level Up to 25 cm from transducer
head

Transrectal Probe ID TRT33


Technology Convex + Linear Array
Imaging planes Transversal and Longitudinal
Maximum immersion level Up to 25 cm from transducer
head

A-2
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Intraoperative Probe ID IOE323


Technology Linear Array
Maximum immersion level Up to 10 cm from transducer
head

Laparoscopic Probe ID LP323


Technology Linear Array
Maximum immersion level Up to 10 cm from transducer
head

BiScan Convex
Probe ID BC431
Technology Convex Array
Maximum immersion level Up to 9.5 cm from transducer
head

Doppler Probes
Continuous Wave Probe ID Maximum immersion level
2 CW Up to 6 cm from transducer surface
5 CW Up to 6 cm from transducer surface

A-3
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

A-4
B
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S
Appendix

Appendix B - Cables
and Consumables

ECG Cables
This chapter provides a list of MyLab ECG cables with their main characteristics;
GS refer to your system documentation for ECG capabilities..

Reference Description
9630028000 3-Leads ECG Cable - IEC Colours
9630028010 3-Leads ECG Cable - AHA Colours

Recommended Consumables
Below is the recommended single use electrodes; the product has been tested for
compatibility with the ESAOTE MyLab systems.

Type Product Manufacturer


Single Use Electrodes Excel 3040.050 Ludlow Technical Products
Massachusetts, USA

B-1
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Cleaning, Disinfection and Sterilization Agents


The following tables list the MyLab probes and the recommended cleaning (C),
disinfection (D) and sterilization (S) agents. X means not tested.

Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the agent for


W A R N I N G
proper use.

Convex Probes
CA123 CA421 CA1421 CA430 CA431 CA621 CA631
Anioxyde 1000 X X X X X S X
Cidex® D D D D D D X
Cidex Activated S S X S S S X
Dialdehyde Solution
Cidex® OPA D D D D D D D
Cidexplus® D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S
Enzol/Cydezime C C C C C C X
Gigasept (10% vol.) D D D D D D X
Gigasept® FF D D D D D D D
Medi-Prep C C C C C C X
Medister S S X S S S X
Metricide® S S S S S S X
Milton X X X X X X C
NuCidex X X X X X S X
OmnicideTM (2.25%) D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S X
Perasafe® X X X X X S X
Sani-cloth Active C C C C C C X
Super Sani-cloth X X X X X X C
Secure HLD X X X X X D/S X
Sporox II X X X X X X D
Steranios D D D D D D X
Transeptic Spray X X X X X X C
T-Spray C C C C C C C
T-Spray II C C C C C C C
Virkon® D D D D D D D
Wavicide-01® D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S

B-2
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Linear Probes
LA424 LA435 LA522 LA523 LA532 LA923
Anioxyde 1000 X X X X X S
Cidex® D D D D D D
Cidex Activated S S S S S S
Dialdehyde Solution
Cidex® OPA D D D D D D
Cidexplus® D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S
Enzol/Cydezime C C C C C C
Gigasept (10% vol.) D D D D D D
Gigasept® FF D D D D D D
Medi-Prep C C C C C C
Medister S S S S S S
Metricide® S S S S S S
NuCidex X X X X X S
OmnicideTM (2.25%) D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S
Perasafe® X X X X X S
Sani-cloth Active C C C C C C
Secure HLD X X X X X D/S
Steranios D D D D D D
T-Spray C C C C C C
T-Spray II C C C C C C
Virkon® D D D D D D
Wavicide-01® D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S D/S

Phased Array Probes


PA023 PA121 PA122 PA230
Cidex® D D D D
Cidex Activated S S S S
Dialdehyde Solution
Cidex® OPA D D D D
Cidexplus® D/S D/S D/S D/S
Enzol/Cydezime C C C C
Gigasept (10% vol.) D D D D
Gigasept® FF D D D D
Medi-Prep C C C C
Medister S S S S
Metricide® S S S S
OmnicideTM (2.25%) D/S D/S D/S D/S
Sani-cloth Active C C C C
Steranios D D D D
T-Spray C C C C
T-Spray II C C C C
Virkon® D D D D
Wavicide-01® D/S D/S D/S D/S

B-3
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Specialty Probes
BC431 CAB411 E8-5 EC123 IOE323 LP323 TEE022 TRT33
TEE122
Alkazyme X C X X X X X X
Anioxyde 1000 X X X X X X X S
Cidex® D D D D D D D D
Cidex Activated X X S X X X X S
Dialdehyde Solution
Cidex® OPA D D D D D D D D
Cidexplus® X D/S D/S D/S X X X D/S
Enzol/Cydezime C C C C C X C C
Ethylene Oxide X S X X X X X X
Gigasept (10% vol.) D D D D D X D D
Gigasept® FF D D D D D X D D
Medi-Prep C X C C C X X C
Medister X S S S S S X S
Metricide® X S S S X X S S
NuCidex X X X X X X X S
OmnicideTM (2.25%) X X D/S D X X D/S D/S
Perasafe® X X X S S S X S
Salvanios X C X X X X X X
Sani-cloth Active C X C C C X X C
Secure HLD X X X D/S D/S D/S X D/S
Steranios X D D X X X D D
STERRAD®100 X S X X S S X X
T-Spray C C C C C C C C
T-Spray II C C C C C C C C
Virkon® D X D D D X D D
Wavicide-01® X D/S D/S D/S X X X D/S

Doppler Probes
2CW 5CW
Cidex® D D
Cidex® OPA D D
Cidexplus® D/S D/S
Enzol/Cydezime C C
Gigasept (10% vol.) D D
Gigasept® FF D D
Medi-Prep C C
Metricide® S S
OmnicideTM (2.25%) D/S D/S
Sani-cloth Active C C
Steranios D D
T-Spray C C
T-Spray II C C
Virkon® D D
Wavicide-01® D/S D/S

B-4
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Needle Guides
ABS421 ABS621 ABS523 ABS424 ABS123 ABS15
Cidex® D D D X D D
Cidex® OPA D D D X D D
Cidexplus® D/S D/S D/S X D/S D/S
Enzol/Cydezime C C C C C C
Gigasept (10% vol.) D D D X D D
Gigasept® FF D D D X D D
Medi-Prep C C C C C C
Metricide® X S S X X S
OmnicideTM (2.25%) D/S D/S D/S X D/S D/S
Perasafe® S S S X S S
Sani-cloth Active C C C C C C
Steam (autoclave) S S S S S S
Steranios D D D X D D
Steris S S S X X X
T-Spray C C C C C C
T-Spray II C C C C C C
Virkon® D D D X D D
Wavicide-01® D/S D/S D/S X D/S D/S

Besides the agents indicated in the table, all compatible sterilization methods for
surgical instruments can be applied to the ABS15, ABS123, ABS424, ABS523,
ABS1421, ABS621 and ABS33B kits.

B-5
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

Manufacturers of Recommended Agents


Country of
Agent Presentation Main ingredients Manufacturer
manufacture
Cidex® Liquid Glutaraldehyde

Cidex Activated
Liquid Alkalyne glutaraldehyde solution
Dialdehyde Solution
Advanced Sterilization Products
Cidex® OPA Liquid Ortho-phtalaldehyde USA
(www.sterrad.com/about_asp/locations/index.asp)
Cidexplus® Liquid Glutaraldehyde
Enzol/Cydezime Liquid Enzymatic detergent
NuCidex Liquid Peracetic acid
Low-temperature hydrogen
STERRAD®100 System
peroxide gas plasma
Ethylene Oxide System Ethylene Oxide Various Various manufacturers
OmnicideTM (2.25%) Liquid Glutaraldehyde USA COTTRELL LTD
Gigasept
Liquid Succindialdehyde Schülke&Mayr GmbH,
(10% vol.) Germany
(www.schuelkemayr..com/int/en/contact/smi044_adresses.htm)
Gigasept® FF Liquid Succindialdehyde
In aqueous solution-hydrogen
Perasafe® Powder Day-Impex Ltd, (http://www.day-
peroxide +peracetic acid UK
impex.co.uk/lab_products.asp)
Virkon® Liquid Potassium peroximonosulphate
Metrex Research Corporation,
MetricideTM Liquid Glutaraldehyde USA
(www.metrex.com/company/contact/index.cfm)
Wavicide-01® Liquid Glutaraldehyde USA Wave Energy Systems INC
Peracetic
Steris System acid+lowtemperature+biocidal
agent
USA STERIS Corporation, (www.steris.com)
Hydrogen peroxide; phosphoric
Secure HLD Liquid
acid
Klenzyme Liquid Enzymatic detergent
In aqueous solution-hydrogen
Medister Powder Italy Euro Trading S.r.l.
peroxide +peracetic acid
Steam
System Steam Various Various manufacturers
(autoclave)
Steranios Liquid Glutaraldehyde
Quaternary ammonium propionate,
Salvanios Powder France Laboratoires Anios, (www.anios.com)
guanidinium acetate
Anioxyde 1000 Liquid Peracetic acid
Professional Disposables International,
Sani-cloth HB Wipes Quaternari ammonium compounds USA
(www.nicepak.com/divisions/pdi/default.asp)
Medi-Prep Wipes 1% cetrimide BP UK Seton
Milton Pharmaceutical Ltd, (www.milton-tm.com/milton-baby-
Milton Liquid Sodium hypochlorite France
hygiene-products-contact.htm) or Laboratoires RIVADIS
IPA, quaternary ammonium
Alkazyme Powder France Alkapharm UK. Ltd, (www.alkapharm.co.uk)
chloride
Sultan Healthcare, Inc.,
Sporox II Liquid Hydrogen peroxide USA

B-6
C
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S
Appendix

Appendix C - Probes
Electrical Safety
The transesophageal, endocavitary, intraoperative and laparoscopic probes,
produced by Esaote, are classified as Type BF applied parts. To ensure electrical
safety both to the patient and the operator, it is necessary to check the physical
integrity of the probe and to have the system correctly grounded.

It is important to check on a regular basis the electrical safety of probes used in


semi-critical (such as transesofageal, endocavitary) and critical (intraoperative,
laparoscopic) applications, according to what stated by the EN60601-1 standard.
This means that the procedures adopted to check probes must also include a
leakage current measurement.

Do not use a probe which underwent any kind of shock or whose integrity
W A R N I N G has been compromized (carefully read Chapter 1 of this manual), until its
electrical integrity has been defined by a leakage current measurement.
Contact your local ESAOTE representative.

The leakage current measurement must be performed by a qualified person, using


some test equipment complying with the standards.

Note

Before performing the measurement, make sure that the test


equipment is correctly calibrated.

The below described procedure refers to ULT800 (www.flukebiomedical.com)


measurement device: for further details on its use, please refer to the
manufacturer’s user manual. Any other equipment complying with the standards
can be used, referring to the corresponding user manuals.

During the test do not touch either the electrodes or the liquid where the
W A R N I N G
probe is immersed. During the test a high voltage is applied on the
electrodes..

Do not immerse the probe cable or connector into water or other liquids.
Immersion may compromise the electrical safety features. The probe can

C-1
M y L a b – T R A N S D U C E R S A N D C O N S U M A B L E S

be inserted ino water up to its Maximum Immersion Level. (see Appendix


A).

Procedure • Connect the probe to the adapter available on the measurement


device.
• Turn the measurement device on and wait till it’s ready to work.
• Immerse the probe into a saline solution or Cidex®.
• Place the electrodes into the saline solution.
• Connect both the electrodes and the probe adaptor to the tester.
• Run first the conductivity test and then the leakage current test.
If the leakage current test gives a negative result, do not use the probe and
W A R N I N G contact your local ESAOTE representative.

Legenda

1: Measuring device
2: Conductivity sensor
3: Probe adapter
4: Water tank filled with Cidex® or saline solution
5: Probe to be examined

C-2
ESAOTE S.p.A.

Rev. B

February 2005

SAFETY AND STANDARDS

OPERATOR MANUAL

8300372000
Introduction
This manual provides information on Safety and Standards for the MyLab product line.
This manual is organized in the following chapters:

• Chapter 1: Operator Safety


This chapter describes the situations that could affect the operator safety when an
ultrasound system is used.
• Chapter 2: Patient Safety
This chapter describes the situations that could affect the patient safety when an
ultrasound system is used.
• Chapter 3: Standards
This chapter lists with which standards MyLab complies. It also lists with which
standards the peripherals connected to the device have to comply.

In this manual a WARNING pertains to possible injury to a patient and/or the


operator. A CAUTION describes the precautions, which are necessary to protect the
equipment. Be sure that you understand and observe each of the cautions and
warnings.
Table of Contents

1- Operator Safety.............................................................................................1-1
Installation Requirements .......................................................................................1-1
Electrical Safety......................................................................................................1-1
Environmental Safety..............................................................................................1-2
Moving the Equipment ...........................................................................................1-2
Explosive Hazard ....................................................................................................1-3
Transducers .............................................................................................................1-3
Biocompatibility and Infection Control..................................................................1-4
Repetitive Strain Injury...........................................................................................1-4
Working with Video Display ..................................................................................1-5
Safety Symbols .......................................................................................................1-5
2- Patient Safety.................................................................................................2-1
Electrical Safety......................................................................................................2-1
Electromagnetic Compatibility ...............................................................................2-2
Biocompatibility and Infection Control..................................................................2-2
Ultrasound Safety ...................................................................................................2-3
Glossary and Definition of Terms.........................................................................2-12
3- Devices Standards .........................................................................................3-1
Medical Device Directive .......................................................................................3-1
Medical Electrical Equipment Standard .................................................................3-1
Electromagnetic Compatibility ...............................................................................3-1
Biocompatibility .....................................................................................................3-1
Standards Summary Table ......................................................................................3-2
Acoustic Output ......................................................................................................3-2
Peripherals Standard Requirements ........................................................................3-2
1
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D
Chapter

1 - Operator Safety

Installation Requirements
The “Getting Started” manual provides detailed instructions to correctly install and
GS connect your specific MyLab model. The same manual also contains all information
on the recommended peripherals that may be connected to the system.
If help is needed, ESAOTE personnel will be glad to provide you with the
necessary assistance to install your system.
Warnings
Incorrect installation of the system may cause operator hazard. Carefully follow the
MyLab “Getting Started” manual instructions for installing your device

Electrical Safety
The equipment label, placed on the rear panel, specifies the device electrical
requirements. Incorrect connections to the main power may compromise the
electrical safety of the system.

Warnings

W A R N I N G S
• Electrical shock hazard. Do not remove the system or the monitor
cover. Refer servicing and internal adjustments to qualified
Observe the
ESAOTE personnel only.
following warnings
for maximum safety
• Always turn the equipment off before cleaning it.
Cautions

C A U T I O N S
• To prevent further damage to your system and the accessories,
turn the unit’s power off if it does not start up correctly.
Observe these
precautions to • If your system incorporates an LCD, note that the screen is fragile
prevent damage to
and must be treated accordingly.
your system

1-1
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Environmental Safety
Information about Reusing/Recycling
This symbol identifies a recyclable component. Depending on the dimensions of a
recyclable component, this symbol and the component’s material are printed on
the component by ESAOTE.

In this system, packing materials are reusable and recyclable; the unit and display
devices casings (plastic) and most of the cart components (plastic) are also
recyclable.

Refer to the MyLab “Getting Started” manual for any additional information on
GS special waste that has to be disposed of according to local regulations.

Exam Waste
Regard any exam waste as potentially infectious and dispose of it accordingly

Moving the Equipment


MyLab systems are designed to be easily moved by the operator. However the
GS equipment weight could require assistance during transportation. The MyLab
“Getting Started” manual details the weight and dimensions of your configuration.

MyLab products can be classified as portable and mobile:

• Portable means that the system is equipped with a handle, whose


size and weight allow it to be used to carry the system. The term
“portable” is always used with this meaning in these manuals.
• A mobile model or configuration is equipped with wheels
allowing to carry the system from one room to another. The term
“mobile” is always used with this meaning in these manuals.
Portable One can carry the console directly by its handle; observe the following precautions:

• make sure the console is turned off,


• if built-in, make sure the system display is secured prior to and
during transportation,
• disconnect any cable or item (probes, ECG cable) attached to the
system,
• should the console need to be put on the ground, lay it straight or
flat,
• secure the system in a flat position if transporting it in a vehicle.

1-2
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Mobile The MyLab system complies with the EN60601-1: it is not unbalanced by a 10°
Configuration inclination. Observe the following precautions when transporting the system:
• make sure the system is turned off,
• unlock the cart’s wheels prior to moving the system,
• avoid unnecessary shocks to the unit when rolling it over door
jambs or in and out of elevators,
• when transporting the system with the probes attached, make sure
the cables are not dragging on the floor and that the probes are
properly positioned in the cart probe holder,
• always use the handle to move the system. Never push the system
from its sides.
Transportation in Observe the following precautions when transporting the system in a vehicle:
Vehicle
• disconnect any cable or item (probes, ECG cable, …) attached to
the system and place the transducers in their cases,
• a portable model should be packed in the original shipment case
(or other protective devices as available through ESAOTE) during
transportation,
• for mobile systems, make sure the cart wheels are blocked and the
cart secured during transportation.

Explosive Hazard
The equipment is not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetic
W A R N I N G
mixture with air, oxygen or nitrous oxide. Do not use the system in the presence of
flammable anesthetics. Explosion is a hazard under such conditions.

Transducers
Use only ESAOTE approved transducers with the equipment. The MyLab
GS and AO
“Getting Started” manual lists which probes can be connected to the system.
MyLab “Advanced Operations” explains system related special features, when
applicable.

The “Transducers and Consumables” manual covers all aspects concerning


TC transducer cleaning and disinfecting.

1-3
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Warnings
W A R N I N G S
• If you drop or strike a probe against another object, do not use it
Damage caused by until an electrical leakage current measurement test has
dropping a probe,
striking it against demonstrated that the electrical safety has not been compromised.
another object,
pinching, kinking or
• Do not immerse the entire transducer in liquid to clean it. The
twisting the cable are transducer is not watertight and immersion may compromise the
not covered under electrical safety features of the probe.
warranty.
Cautions

C A U T I O N S
• Never expose the probes to gas, heat or liquid sterilization
procedures. These methods can permanently damage the probe.
Observe these
precautions to • Do not connect or disconnect an active probe during live
prevent damage to
scanning; the system must be in freeze mode or turned off to
connect or disconnect a probe.
your system
• Carefully follow the “Probes and Consumables” manual
instructions to clean or disinfect a probe.

Biocompatibility and Infection Control


Probes and electrodes intended to be used on intact skin have very limited
TC probabilities to propagate infections; basic procedures as described in the
“Transducers and Consumables” manual are sufficient for infection control.

Endocavity and transesophageal transducers require specific cleaning and


disinfecting procedures. See the “Transducers and Consumables” manual for
complete details on these procedures.

Repetitive Strain Injury


Musculoskeletal disorders have been reported by the clinical literature1 as a result of
repetitive scanning. These musculoskeletal disorders are also described by the term
Repetitive Strain Injury (RSI). To prevent the risk of RSI, it has been
recommended:

• to maintain a balanced position while scanning,


• not to grip the transducer with excessive force,
• to take work breaks to allow your muscles to relax,
• to introduce routine exercises such as gentle passive stretching.

1Necas M. “Musculoskeletal symptomatology and Ripetitive Strani Injuries in Diagnostic Medical


Sonographers”, Journal of Diagnostic Medical Sonography 12, p. 266-273, 1996

Pike I, Russo A., Berkowitz J et al. “ the prevalence of musculoskeletal disorders among Diagnostic
Medical Sonographers”, Journal of Diagnostic Medical Sonography 13, p. 219-227, 1997

1-4
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Working with Video Display


Scanning can require long sessions in front of a display screen. Consequently visual
problems such as eyestrain and irritation can result2. Visual discomfort is reduced
when the following recommendations are observed :

• orientate the display so that it can be comfortably observed while


scanning,
• take rest breaks after a long scanning session.

Safety Symbols
The MyLab device uses the EN60601-1 safety symbols for medical electronic
devices to classify a connection or to warn of any potential hazards.

On (power)

Off (power)

Type CF applied part (suitable for cardiac application)

Type B applied part

Type BF applied part

Equipotentiality

High Voltage

This symbol generically means "Attention". Read carefully the


appropriate sections of user manuals before using any function
labeled with this symbol.
The footswitch is watertight.
IP68

2 See for example OSHA 3092 “Working safely with video terminals display” 1997

1-5
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

1-6
2
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D
Chapter

2 - Patient Safety

Electrical Safety
Warnings

W A R N I N G S • The system must be properly grounded to prevent shock hazards.


Protection is provided by grounding the chassis with a three-wire cable
Observe the
and plug; the system must also be powered through a properly
following warnings
grounded receptacle.
for maximum safety
• Do not replace the system fuses with types different from those
specified by the MyLab “Getting Started” manual.

GS • Mobile configurations provide insulated plugs and connectors to


manage optional hard copy devices (VTR, printers). Follow the
instructions in the “Getting Started” manual to install such a device.
Incorrect connections may compromise the electrical safety of the
system.
• If the Operator plans to use hard-copy devices with a portable model,
and one plans to utilize hard-copy devices, read and carefully follow
the instructions in the “Getting Started” manual to install such devices.
Incorrect connections or use of peripherals with improper safety
characteristics may compromise the electrical safety of the system.
• MyLab models are not watertight and provides a class IP(X)0 degree of
protection to liquids; do not expose the system to rain or moisture.
Avoid placing liquid containers on the system.
• Remove probes and electrocardiography leads from patient contact
before applying a high voltage defibrillation pulse.
• MyLab systems use high frequency signals. Pacemakers could interfere
with these signals. The user should be aware of this minimal potential
hazard and immediately turn the unit off if interference with the
pacemaker operation is noted or suspected.
• While using the system in combination with high frequency devices
(like electro-surgical units), be aware that a failure in the surgical device
or a damage to the transducer lens can cause electro-surgical currents
that can burn the patient. Thoroughly check the system and the probe

2-1
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

before applying HF surgical currents to the patient. Disconnect the


probe when not imaging

Electromagnetic Compatibility
Ultrasound systems require special precautions regarding EMC and must be
installed and put into service according to the provided information.
Sensitivity to Ultrasound units are designed to generate and receive radiofrequency (RF) energy
interference is more and are, therefore, susceptible to other RF sources. As an example, other medical
noticeable in Doppler
modes.
devices, information technology products or TV/radio transmitters may cause
interference with the ultrasound system.

In the presence of RF interference, the physician must evaluate the image


degradation and its diagnostic impact.

Warnings
W A R N I N G S
• Portable and mobile RF communication equipment may cause
interference with the ultrasound system. Do not use these devices in
GS the vicinity of ultrasound equipment.
The “Getting
Started” manual
provides the table for
• Use of accessories and cables other than those specified in the MyLab
equipment distance “Getting Started” manual may result in increased emission or
requirements. decreased immunity of the system.
If an ultrasound system causes interference (This can be identified by turning the
system off and on) with other devices, the user could try to solve the problem by:

• relocating the system,


• increasing the separation from other devices,
• powering the ultrasound system from an outlet different from the one
of the interfering device,
• contacting ESAOTE Service personnel for help.
Electro-Surgical Units (ESUs)
Electro-surgical units or other devices that introduce radiofrequency
electromagnetic fields or currents into the patient may interfere with the ultrasound
image. An electro-surgical device in use during ultrasound imaging will grossly
affect the 2D image and render Doppler modalities useless.

Biocompatibility and Infection Control


Before each exam properly clean the probes. Refer to the “Transducers and
TC Consumables” manual for further details on cleaning and disinfecting probes, kits
and electrodes.

2-2
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Items in Contact with Patient


ESAOTE probes and electrodes materials that are in contact with the patient have
been proved to comply with EN ISO 10993 “Biocompatibility Tests
Requirements”, according to their intended use. No negative reactions to these
materials have been reported.

Latex Sensitive Patient


The USA Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has issued an alert on products
composed of latex, because of reports of severe allergic reactions.

Note

ESAOTE probes and electrodes do NOT contain latex.

The transducer protective covers used during the patient exam are usually
W A R N I N G
composed of latex. Carefully read the protective cover package labeling to verify
the material used. Be certain to identify latex sensitive patients prior to the exam.
Serious allergic reactions to latex have been reported and the user should be ready
to react accordingly.

Ultrasound Safety
Introduction
ESAOTE has adopted the more recent requirements and recommendations
GS established by the USA Food and Drug Administration and by the American
MyLab “Getting
Started” manual Institute of Medicine and Biology. MyLab is equipped with the Acoustic Output
provides data about Display feature to provide the user with real-time, on-line information on the
the acoustic power actual power of the system. The following sections describe the rationale of this
levels. methodology. ESAOTE recommends the use of the ALARA principle (see
below), which is extensively covered in this manual.

Clinical Safety
Refer to the glossary In the USA, in more than three decades of use, there has been no report of injury
at the end of this to patients or operators from medical ultrasound equipment.
chapter for specific
terms.
American Institute for Ultrasound in Medicine (AIUM)
Statement on Clinical Safety: October 1982, Revised March
1983, October 1983 and March 1997.

Diagnostic ultrasound has been in use for over 25 years. Given its
known benefits and recognized efficacy for medical diagnosis,
including use during human pregnancy, the American Institute of
Ultrasound in Medicine herein addresses the clinical safety of such
use:

2-3
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

No confirmed biological effects on patients or instrument operators caused by


exposure at intensities typical of present diagnostic ultrasound instruments have
been reported. Although the possibility exists that such biological effects may be
identified in the future, current data indicate that the benefits to patients deriving
from the prudent use of diagnostic ultrasound outweigh the risks, if any, that may
be present.

The ALARA (As Low As Reasonably Achievable) principle is the guideline for
prudent use: during an exam, the user should use for the shortest duration the least
amount of acoustic output to obtain the necessary clinical information for
diagnostic purposes.

Ultrasound Bioeffects
Although diagnostic ultrasound has an excellent history of safety, it has been
known for a long time that ultrasound, at certain levels, can alter biological systems.
The AIUM Bioeffects Committee describes two fundamental mechanisms by
which ultrasound may induce biological effects: non-thermal or mechanical
mechanisms1 and thermal effects.

Non-thermal bioeffects, also referred to as mechanical bioeffects, seem to be


caused by the tissue alternate expansion and contraction induced when ultrasound
MECHANICAL pressure waves pass through or near gas. The majority of these non-thermal
BIOEFFECTS interactions, also known as cavitation, deal with the generation, growth, vibration,
and possible collapse of microbubbles within the tissue. The occurrence of
“Cavitation” phenomenon cavitation depends on a number of factors, such as the ultrasonic pressure and
frequency, the ultrasonic field (focused or unfocused, pulsed or continuous), the
nature and state of the tissue and boundaries. Mechanical bioeffects are a threshold
phenomenon, occurring only when a certain level of output is exceeded. However,
the threshold level varies depending on the tissue. The potential for mechanical
effects is thought to increase as peak rarefactional pressure increases, but to
decrease as the ultrasound frequency increases.

Although there have been no adverse mechanical bioeffects in humans from


diagnostic ultrasound exposure, it is not possible to specify thresholds at which
cavitation will occur in mammals.

Thermal bioeffect is the rise in temperature of tissue when exposed to acoustic


THERMAL
energy. The acoustic energy is absorbed by body tissue; absorption is the
BIOEFFECT
conversion of this energy into heat. If the rate of energy deposition in a particular
Rise in temperature of region exceeds the ability to dissipate the heat, the local temperature will rise. The
tissue exposed to acoustic rise in temperature will depend on the amount of energy, the volume of exposure,
and the thermal characteristics of the tissue.
energy.

1American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine Bioeffects Committee, Bioeffects Considerations for the
Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound, J. Ultrasound Med., 1988, 7 Suppl.

2-4
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

On-screen Real-Time Acoustic Output Display


Until recently, application-specific output limits2 established by the USA Food and
Drug Administration (FDA) and the user's knowledge of equipment controls and
patient body characteristics have been the means of minimizing exposure. Now,
more information is available through a new feature, named the Acoustic Output
Display. The output display provides users with information that can be specifically
applied to ALARA. It eliminates some of the guesswork and provides both an
indication of what may actually be happening within the patient (i.e. the potential
for bioeffects), and what occurs when system control settings are changed. This
makes it possible for the user to get the best image possible while following the
ALARA principle and thus to maximize the benefits/risks ratio.

MyLab incorporates a real-time acoustic output display according to the


ODS
AIUM3/NEMA4 "Standard for Real-Time Display of Thermal and Mechanical
Thermal and Mechanical Acoustic Output Indices on Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment" publication,
Indices display to assist in adopted in 1992 by both institutions. This output display standard is intended to
making informed provide on-screen display of these two indices, which are related to ultrasound
thermal and cavitation mechanisms, to assist the user in making informed risk (i.e.
risk/benefit decisions
patient exposure)/benefit (diagnostically useful information) decisions. Considering
the type of exam, patient conditions and the case study level of difficulty, the
system operator decides how much acoustic output to apply for obtaining
diagnostically useful information for the patient; the thermal and mechanical
indices real-time display is intended to provide information to the system operator
throughout the examination so that exposure of the patient to ultrasound can be
reasonably minimized while maximizing diagnostic information.

For systems with an output display, the FDA currently regulates only the
maximum output. MyLab system has been designed to automatically default the
proper range of intensity levels for a particular application. However, within the
limits, the user may override the application specific limits, if clinically required.
The user is responsible for being aware of the output level that is being used. The
MyLab real-time output display provides the user with relative information about
the intensity level.

The Mechanical Index


The Mechanical Index (MI) is defined as the peak rarefactional pressure in MPa
MI
(derated by a tissue attenuation coefficient of 0.3 dB/cm/MHz) divided by the
Estimates mechanical square root of the probe central frequency in MHz.
bioeffects
With the MI, the user can keep the potential for mechanical bioeffects as low as
reasonably achievable while obtaining diagnostically adequate images. The higher
the index, the larger the potential. However, there is not a level to indicate that

2Also known as the preamendments limits, those values were established on the basis of acoustic output
of equipment on the market before 1976.

3 American Institute for Ultrasound in Medicine.

4 National Electric Manufacturers Association.

2-5
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

bioeffect is actually occurring: the index is not intended to give an "alarm" but to
use it to implement the ALARA principle.

The Thermal Index


The purpose of the Thermal Index (TI) is to keep the user aware of conditions that
TI
may lead to a temperature rise under certain defined assumptions. It is the ratio
Relates to temperature rise between the total acoustic power to the power required to raise tissue temperature
by 1°C, estimated on thermal models. There are currently three thermal indices
(each based on a specific thermal model) used to estimate temperature rise whether
at the surface, within the tissues, or at the point where the ultrasound is focusing
on bone:

1. The Soft Tissue Thermal Index (TIS) provides information on


temperature increase within soft homogeneous tissue.
2. The Cranial Bone Thermal Index (TIC) indicates temperature increase
of bone at or near the surface, as may occur during a cranial exam.
3. The Bone Thermal Index (TIB) provides information on temperature
increase of bone at or near the focus after the beam has passed
through soft tissue.
As with the Mechanical Index, the thermal indices are relative indicator of
temperature rise: a higher value represents a higher temperature rise; they indicate
that the possibility for an increase in temperature exists and they provide a relative
magnitude that can be used to implement ALARA.

Acoustic Output Display


The acoustic output indices are displayed during live scanning to the right of the
screen, together with the transmit power setting.

The following abbreviations are used:


Indices are displayed Index Abbreviation
in 0.1 increments. Soft Tissue Thermal Index TIS
Cranial Bone Thermal Index TIC
Bone Thermal Index TIB
Mechanical Index MI
The output display is organized to provide meaningful information to implement
ALARA without "distracting" the user with unnecessary data. During the entry of
the patient ID, the user is provided with a choice of applications (Cardio, Vascular,
OB, etc.); depending on the selection, the system will default the appropriate
indices.

Note

Index values below 0.4 are NOT displayed by this system.

To optimize ALARA, index values equal or higher than 0.4 are


displayed even if the maximal index value does not exceed 1.0.

2-6
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

The Output Display


In combined modes The following table shows the indices used for each clinical application. Indices are
(ex.: 2D+Doppler), displayed in 0.1 increments.
the indices will show
the highest value
between the two Application MI TIS TIB TIC
modes. OB/Fetal Yes Yes Yes No
Neonatal5 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Adult Cephalic Yes Yes No Yes
All others Yes Yes Yes6 No

The Output Default Settings


System default settings depend upon the probe, the mode of operation and the
application which is selected during the patient ID procedure. The MyLab defaults
the transmit power to obtain output levels that are below the historic Ispta limits
established by the FDA for the selected application.

Methodology and Accuracy of Display


The displayed indices values must be interpreted as relative information to help the
user to achieve the ALARA principle.

Initial data are derived from laboratory measurements based on the AIUM
standard. Then the indices are calculated beginning from these measurements
according to the AIUM/NEMA "Standard for Real-Time Display of Thermal and
Mechanical Acoustic Output Indices on Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment"
publication. Many of the assumptions used for measurements and calculation are
conservative in nature. The measured water tank values are derated using the
conservative attenuation coefficient established by the standard (0.3 dB/cm/MHz).
Over-estimation of actual in-situ exposures is thus part of the calculation process.

INDICES
Accuracy: ±14% for the MI, ±30% for the TI A number of factors influence the
estimation of the accuracy of the displayed indices, the most significant ones being
ACCURACY
the variability between probes and the laboratory measurements accuracy
(hydrophone, operator, algorithms, etc.) itself, while variability of the system pulser
and efficiency is a minor contributor.

The accuracy estimate, based on the variability range of probes and systems, and
on the inherent modeling and measurements errors, is 14% for the MI and 30%
for TI indices; this accuracy estimate does not consider errors in/or caused by
measuring with the AIUM standard.

5 Includes Neonatal Head studies

6 Only when TIB≠TIS

2-7
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Maximum Acoustic Output


This system does not use the historic FDA limits for Isppa and Imax, but rather
MAXIMUM
the recently adopted MI, which is now considered a better relative indicator of
OUTPUT
non-thermal bioeffect mechanisms. The maximum MI is below 1.9 (see the
ο MI < 1.9 “Getting Started” manual for your model actual maximum); the FDA has
ο Ispta<720 mW/cm2
recognized this value as equivalent to preamendments Isppa limits. The maximum
output for Ispta is limited to the preamendments FDA limit for peripheral vascular
applications (720 mW/cm2).

Other application limits have been established as per this table:

Application Preamendments Ispta MyLab Maximum


Limits (mW/cm2) (mW/cm2)
OB/Fetal 94 430
Cardiac 430 720
Pediatric 94 430
Peripheral Vascular 430 720
Other 94 720
The maximum output for a given probe can be less than the system limit, since the
maximum depends on various elements (crystal efficiency, mode of operation, …).

Acoustic Output Controls


Control features may be divided into three categories:

1. controls which directly affect the intensity (direct controls)

2. controls which indirectly affect the intensity (indirect controls)

3. controls, which do not affect the intensity, such as the gains and the
processing curves.
Controls Which Directly Affect the Intensity
This category includes two system controls:
DIRECT

CONTROLS
• the application selection, which establishes the appropriate range of
intensities (see maximum output section); the application also
ο the Application establishes the indices to be displayed;
ο the POWER
• the POWER control, which allows an increase or decrease in the
output intensity within the range of the selected application. This
parameter will affect both the MI and the TI values.
Controls Which Indirectly Affect the Intensity
This category includes controls, which change several aspects of the transmitted
INDIRECT
ultrasonic field rather than the intensity. Intensity is affected because of the field
CONTROLS
variations. Each mode has its own pulse repetition frequency (PRF) and intensity
ο PRF level; moreover, for each mode, a number of parameters will indirectly affect the
ο Focal Point
transmitted field.
ο Frequency
ο CFM Process
ο Sample Volume

2-8
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Note

The TI index display depends on the application and on the mode.

2D The MI may increase whenever the PRF is decreased, i.e. when the field of view is
increased.

MyLab allows the user to set the transmit focal point which will affect both indices
by varying the beam profile. Generally, higher MI's and TI's will occur with closer
focal points. If more than one transmit focal point is activated, MI and TI values
will each correspond to the zone with the largest value. In addition, all system
probes can image at two frequencies; both indices are usually different, depending
on the probe bandwidth.

TEI The same controls described for 2D affect the acoustic output. Because the tissue
response is a non-linear phenomenon, this modality usually requires higher
acoustic outputs than conventional imaging. While using this mode, the MI is
your primary concern; a deeper transmit focal point helps to keep the MI value as
low as possible.

M-Mode In M-Mode, the transmitted field is only affected by the transmit focal point and
the frequency. If M-Mode is displayed with 2D and the 2D is updated, the system
may show the latter mode MI (and TI if available) if higher.

2D-CFM The MI is primarily dependent on 2D settings, i.e. the depth (which will determine
the 2D and color PRF) and the transmit focal point. The MI may also be increased
by a decrease in the color PRF.

The TI may be increased by increasing the color CFM. Increasing the color frame
rate may increase the TI while decreasing the MI. Finally, probes can provide color
at two frequencies; the outcome in terms of transmitted field is marginal and
largely unpredictable.

TVM This mode optimizes CFM settings in order to image the movement of tissue, thus
the same controls described for 2D-CFM affect the acoustic outputs.

Pulsed Wave In PW, the sample volume depth automatically sets the Doppler PRF and the focal
Doppler point. Deeper sample volumes will cause lower PRF; the MI may, however, not
increase since the focal point is far, while the TI is generally reduced. The TI may,
however, change if the sample volume size is varied. This factor accounts generally
for a MI modification.

TV TV Doppler optimizes your settings to analyse tissue motion.

Finally, most probes provide Doppler at two frequencies; the outcome in terms of
transmitted field is marginal and largely unpredictable.

2-9
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Continuous Wave In CW, the only "variable" factor is the Doppler frequency. As stated before, most
Doppler probes provide Doppler at two frequencies; the outcome in terms of transmitted
field is marginal and largely unpredictable. The user can vary the spectral velocity
range; this does NOT, however, change the system’s PRF.

Note

In Doppler modes, if the tracings are displayed with an updated 2D,


the 2D values are used if higher than the Doppler indices.

Implementing ALARA with MyLab


Prudent use implies that during an exam the user should use for the shortest time
the least amount of acoustic output to obtain the necessary clinical information for
diagnostic purposes. In other words, the goal is to keep the TI and the MI indices
as low as possible for the shortest time while obtaining the necessary clinical
information.

This section does not cover the patient and technique factors, which may influence
the indices such as the patient body size, the tissue perfusion characteristics, the
presence or the absence of fluid, etc.

ALARA Guidelines • Select the appropriate Application when you enter the patient data.
• Depending on the patient characteristics and the type of exam (see
Intended Use Section) select the appropriate probe and frequency.
Use the system capabilities to preset the MyLab system to default each mode
according to your needs or specific applications; this will reduce the need for real-
time interactions and help to obtain useful images quickly thus reducing ultrasound
exposure.

GS • Start scanning with a low output level and optimize the focusing, the
See the “Getting gains and all other system adjustments; if this is not adequate for
Started” manual for diagnostic purposes, then increase the output level. In cardiac studies,
your system controls. use Tissue Enhancement Imaging if acoustic noise is affecting the
images’ readability.
• Use the output display feature to guide your settings; remember that
the indices do not consider TIME exposure: the higher your indices,
the shorter the patient exposure should be.
Which Index When
In cardiac, vascular, In cardiac, vascular and general purpose (abdominal, small parts,
abdominal and small musculoskeletal) exams, the system displays the TIS in addition to the MI. In
parts examinations,
MI is the primary
imaging and CFM modes, the primary concern is in keeping the "cavitation"
concern in imaging predictor as low as possible. You can minimize the MI by reducing the power to
modes, while the TIS the lowest possible level, and adjusting the TGC and general gain controls. Use the
is the principle index transmit focal point to enhance resolution and sensitivity in the area of interest: this
in Doppler.

2-10
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

may increase the MI, but because of the enhanced sensitivity, you may be able to
reduce the transmit power, thus reducing the MI. Decreasing the imaging depth as
low as possible may allow the system to increase the PRF and thus reduce the MI.

In Doppler modes, if you are working with a 2D + Doppler display, the MI will
show the 2D value (because it is higher than the Doppler one) and the Doppler
TIS; the latter parameter should be your primary concern: the MI value reflects the
energy to which the patient is exposed only for a minimal time, i.e. between every
sweep. You may want however to remember that whenever varying the Doppler
speed: increasing the speed will cause the 2D to be refreshed more often. You may
eventually freeze the 2D or switch to a full screen mode; however, this will
probably increase the time to actually find the desired signal, and therefore the
exposure time.
In OB, the TIB In OB exams, this system displays both the MI and the TIB in imaging and CFM
should be considered modes. While the MI will remain your primary concern in those modes, you
when scanning a
second or third
should also consider the TIB in imaging a second or third trimester fetus as a
trimester fetus, while conservative estimate of the actual temperature rise. In PW Doppler, the latter
the TIS is more value is the primary parameter to consider for second or third trimesters
reliable for earlier pregnancies while the TIS is a more reliable indicator for earlier exams. The general
exams. guidelines already expressed for the previous exams remain valid.
The TIB is a better For Neonatal Head studies, the MI and the TIB may be significant in imaging
predictor during and CFM modes, while the MI and both TIS and TIB are displayed for Doppler
neonatal head
studies, while the
modes. Because of the chance of focusing near the base of the skull, the TIB
TIC is more should be conservatively considered the ideal thermal index. As usual the MI is the
significant in adult primary concern in imaging modes, and the TIB in Doppler. The general
transcranial studies. guidelines expressed above are valid. In Adult Cephalic, because of the skull, the
TIC is considered the most significant index for this application. The general
guidelines expressed above are valid.

Acoustic Output Tables


According to the IEC61157 and EN 60601-2-37, the acoustic output tables give
GS the acoustic output data for each probe in every operating mode. These tables are
in the MyLab “Getting Started” manual.

2-11
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Glossary and Definition of Terms


"In Situ" Intensities Calculations

The intensity When determining the possible effects of the ultrasound beam on tissue, the
measurements made intensity encountered at the tissue site must be calculated. Because of attenuation
in water in the
laboratory must be
of the beam within the body, the intensity at the tissue site ("in situ") may be 10 to
derated to reflect the 100 times less than if it was measured at the same location in water. The amount of
effects of attenuation. attenuation from experience by an ultrasound beam as it travels through the body
tissue is determined by three factors:

1. Type of tissue along the beam path

2. Frequency of the ultrasound energy

3. Distance covered by the beam


In order to achieve a conservative approximation of attenuation due to these three
factors, the FDA requires the application of the following formula:

Id = Iw exp (-0.23 a f z )
• Id is the estimated "in situ" intensity at the tissue site
• Iw is the intensity measured in water at a distance "z", measured in cm
• a is the attenuation coefficient7 expressed in dB/cm/MHz
• f = acoustic frequency in MHz of the ultrasound beam

Definition of Terms

The acoustic intensity generated by an ultrasound probe is usually described as


follows:

Ispta The Spatial Peak Time Average Intensity is an ultrasound intensity averaged over
time at the point in the acoustic field where the pulse average intensity is at
maximum.

Isppa The Spatial Peak Pulse Average Intensity is an ultrasound intensity averaged over
the pulse transmission time at a point in the acoustic field where the pulse average
intensity is at maximum.

Imax The Maximum Intensity is an average intensity during the half-cycle with the
greatest amplitude during the pulse.

7 As per the FDA, this coefficient is equal to 0.3 dB/cm/MHz

2-12
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Mechanical Index The Mechanical Index is defined as the peak rarefactional pressure in MPa (derated
by a tissue attenuation coefficient of 0.3 dB/cm/MHz) divided by the square root
of the probe central frequency in MHz.

Thermal Index The Thermal Index is the ratio between the acoustic power and the power required
to raise tissue temperature by 1°C, estimated on thermal models.

Peak Rarefactional The peak rarefactional pressure (pr in MPa) is the temporal peak rarefactional
Pressure pressure amplitude at a specified point.

Pulse Intensity The Pulse Intensity Integral (PII) is the time integral of instantaneous velocity for
Integral any specific point and for any specific pulse, integrated over the time in which the
envelope of acoustic pressure or the envelope of hydrophone signal for the specific
pulse is non-zero. It is equal to the energy fluence per pulse.

2-13
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Indices Equations

Parameter Equation
Soft Tissue at Surface W01
TIS(scanned8) 210
TIB (scanned6)
fc
2
Large Aperture (Aaprt> 1 cm )
TIS (unscanned9) [ (
max min W.3 ( z ); I TA.3 ( z ) x1cm 2
z > zbp
)]
210
fc
2
Small Aperture (Aaprt≤ 1 cm ) W0
TIS (unscanned7) 210
fc
Bone at Focus TIB ⎧⎪ W ( z ) I ( z ) w ( z ) ⎫⎪
(unscanned7) min ⎨ .3 B.3 TA.3 B.3 ; .3 B.3 ⎬
⎪⎩ 50 4.4 ⎪⎭
where zB.3 is the depth that maximizes W.3(z)ITA.3(z), or,
equivalently, the depth of ISPTAB.3.
Bone at Surface TIC W0
40 Deq
Mechanical Index (MI) pr . 3( z sp )
fc
where pr.3(zsp) is the peak rarefactional pressure (in
MPa) derated by 0.3 dBcm-1MHz-1 to the point on the
beam axis zsp where pulse intensity integral (PII.3) is
maximum, and fc is the center frequency (in MHz).

8The scanned mode (or autoscanning) is the electronic or mechanical steering of successive ultrasonic
pulses or series of pulses, through at least two dimensions.

9The unscanned mode (or nonautoscanning) is the emission of ultrasonic pulses in a single direction,
where scanning in more than one direction would require moving the transducer assembly manually.

2-14
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Symbols Used in Indices Equations

Symbol Definition
2
Aaprt (cm ) Active aperture area
deq(z) (cm) Equivalent beam diameter
4W.3 ( z )
πI TA.3 ( z )
Deq (cm) Equivalent aperture diameter
4 Aaprt
π
fc (MHz) Center frequency.
ISPTAB.3 (mW/cm2) Equivalent to the spatial peak temporal average derated
(0.6 dBcm-1MHz-1) intensity
ITA.3 (z) (mW/cm2) Temporal average intensity derated to depth z
W0 (mW) Time average acoustic power at source
W01 (mW) Time average acoustic power at the source emitted from
the central centimeter of the active aperture
W.3 (z) (mW) Time average acoustic power derated to depth z
W Acoustic power per unit linear length (for example of a
(mW/cm) linear array)
X
z (cm) Depth from the surface along the beam axis
zbp (cm) Break point depth (minimum depth for intensity
measurements in the TIS(unscanned) models)
zbp = 1.5Deq
zB.3 (cm) Depth of the maximum temperature rise in the bone at
focus model
pr.3(zsp) Peak rarefactional pressure (in MPa) derated by 0.3
dBcm-1MHz-1 to the point on the beam axis zsp where
pulse intensity integral (PII.3) is maximum

2-15
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

2-16
3
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D
Chapter

3 - Devices Standards

Medical Device Directive


This system complies with the Medical Device Directive (MDD) 93/42/EEC,
according to which ESAOTE has classified this device as a Class IIa device.

Note for U.S. Customers

U.S. Federal Law restricts these devices to sale, distribution and use
by or on the order of a physician.

Medical Electrical Equipment Standard


As defined in EN60601-1 (IEC Standard 60601-1, Safety of Medical Electrical
Equipment), MyLab models are classified as Class I, with applied parts of type B or
BF (probes), and of Type CF (ECG).

These devices also comply with the EN 60601-2-37 (IEC 60601-2-37) “Particular
requirements for the safety of ultrasonic medical diagnostic and monitoring
equipment”.

Electromagnetic Compatibility
Each MyLab model complies with the EN60601-1-2 (Electromagnetic
GS Compatibility). Refer to the MyLab “Getting Started” manual for the
electromagnetic emissions classification of the devices and electromagnetic
immunity compliance levels.

Biocompatibility
The probe and electrode material that is in contact with patients, complies with the
applicable requirements of EN ISO 10993-1, according to their intended use. No
negative reactions to these materials have been reported.

3-1
M y L a b – S A F E T Y A N D S T A N D A R D

Standards Summary Table


Standard Title
EN60601-1 Medical Electrical Equipment – General requirements for
Safety
EN60601-2-37 Medical Electrical Equipment – Particular requirements for the
safety of ultrasonic medical diagnostic and monitoring
equipment
EN60601-1-2 Medical Electrical Equipment – General requirements for
Safety – Electromagnetic compatibility – Requirements and
Test
EN60601-1-1 Medical Electrical Equipment – General requirements for
Safety - Safety requirements for medical electrical systems -
requirements and tests
EN ISO 10993-1 Biological evaluation of medical devices – Guidance on
selection of tests
EN61157 Requirements for the declaration of the acoustic output of
medical diagnostic ultrasonic equipment
AIUM/NEMA UD-3 Standard for Real Time Display of Thermal and Mechanical
Acoustic Output Indices on Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment

Acoustic Output
MyLab acoustic output complies with the requirements of FDA Track 3 guidance.

Peripherals Standard Requirements


When peripherals are connected to an ultrasound system, they become part of a
medical system. Therefore they must comply with the below mentioned standards
to maintain the overall system conformity.

Safety

Your device must:

meet the EN60601-1 OR in accordance with EN60601-1-1:


z the device must meet the applicable safety standards for its
category;
z the device must be powered through an isolation transformer
designed for medical applications
If your configuration is equipped with the cart, the isolation
transformer requirement is fulfilled by powering the device
through one of the cart’s insulated plugs.

Electromagnetic Compatibility
Your peripheral device must:

z meet the EN55011 or 55022 emission limits, according to the


environment where the system is used;
z meet the EN50082-1 or EN61000-6-1 immunity requirements

3-2

You might also like